From aca5c397c4b4371f90cbb8caa46d94524a7fb50c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Tom Tromey Date: Sat, 23 Dec 2000 21:05:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] * config.guess, config.sub, texinfo.tex: New versions. --- ChangeLog | 2 + config.guess | 570 +++++++++--- config.sub | 238 +++-- lib/config.guess | 570 +++++++++--- lib/config.sub | 238 +++-- lib/texinfo.tex | 2280 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- texinfo.tex | 2280 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++---------------- 7 files changed, 4228 insertions(+), 1950 deletions(-) diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog index c3740a57..17d9c763 100644 --- a/ChangeLog +++ b/ChangeLog @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 2000-12-23 Tom Tromey + * config.guess, config.sub, texinfo.tex: New versions. + * automake.in (handle_dist_worker): Always define DIST_SUBDIRS. Re-fixes pr87.test. diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess index a28a2141..54936b2e 100755 --- a/config.guess +++ b/config.guess @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# + +timestamp='2000-12-21' + # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or @@ -23,34 +25,97 @@ # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Written by Per Bothner . -# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib. -# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list . +# Please send patches to . # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you -# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name). +# don't specify an explicit build system type. # # Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others # (but try to keep the structure clean). # -# Use $HOST_CC if defined. $CC may point to a cross-compiler -if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then - if test x"$HOST_CC" != x; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$HOST_CC" - else - if test x"$CC" != x; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC" - else - CC_FOR_BUILD=cc - fi - fi +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 fi +dummy=dummy-$$ +trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c + for c in cc gcc c89 ; do + ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1 + if test $? = 0 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break + fi + done + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac + # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then @@ -59,15 +124,57 @@ fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown -UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown -dummy=dummy-$$ -trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 - # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # Netbsd (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # Determine the machine/vendor (is the vendor relevant). + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + amiga) machine=m68k-unknown ;; + arm32) machine=arm-unknown ;; + atari*) machine=m68k-atari ;; + sun3*) machine=m68k-sun ;; + mac68k) machine=m68k-apple ;; + macppc) machine=powerpc-apple ;; + hp3[0-9][05]) machine=m68k-hp ;; + ibmrt|romp-ibm) machine=romp-ibm ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + i386|sparc|amiga|arm*|hp300|mvme68k|vax|atari|luna68k|mac68k|news68k|next68k|pc532|sun3*|x68k) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` @@ -77,41 +184,51 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. cat <$dummy.s + .data +\$Lformat: + .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" + + .text .globl main + .align 4 .ent main main: - .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 - .prologue 0 - .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 - lda \$2,259 - .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 - srl \$1,8,\$2 - sll \$2,2,\$2 - sll \$0,3,\$0 - addl \$1,\$0,\$0 - addl \$2,\$0,\$0 - ret \$31,(\$26),1 + .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 + ldgp \$29,0(\$27) + .prologue 1 + .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 + lda \$2,-1 + .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 + lda \$16,\$Lformat + mov \$0,\$17 + not \$1,\$18 + jsr \$26,printf + ldgp \$29,0(\$26) + mov 0,\$16 + jsr \$26,exit .end main EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then - ./$dummy - case "$?" in - 7) + case `./$dummy` in + 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - 15) + 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - 14) + 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - 10) + 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - 16) + 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + 2-307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" + ;; esac fi rm -f $dummy.s $dummy @@ -127,11 +244,8 @@ EOF echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) - echo m68k-cbm-sysv4 + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit 0;; - amiga:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -156,12 +270,12 @@ EOF wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; - arm32:NetBSD:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - exit 0 ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; @@ -218,15 +332,12 @@ EOF aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - atari*:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; atari*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not - # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not @@ -250,15 +361,9 @@ EOF *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - sun3*:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - mac68k:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -271,9 +376,6 @@ EOF powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - macppc:NetBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; @@ -289,6 +391,7 @@ EOF mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -328,15 +431,18 @@ EOF AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` - if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then - if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \ - -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - else + else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 @@ -396,13 +502,26 @@ EOF fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:5) + case "`lsattr -El proc0 -a type -F value`" in + PowerPC*) IBM_ARCH=powerpc + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + Itanium) IBM_ARCH=ia64 + IBM_MANUF=unknown ;; + POWER*) IBM_ARCH=power + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + *) IBM_ARCH=powerpc + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + esac + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-${IBM_MANUF}-aix${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; - ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) @@ -418,11 +537,31 @@ EOF echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + case "${HPUX_REV}" in + 11.[0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + esac ;; + esac + fi ;; + esac + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include @@ -453,12 +592,17 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - ($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` + if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + fi ;; esac - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include @@ -547,29 +691,30 @@ EOF -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) - echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*T3D:*:*:*) + echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) - echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY-2:*:*:*) echo cray2-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; - F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; - F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'` - exit 0 ;; - hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:*) + i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) @@ -579,17 +724,8 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - if test "elf" = "`/usr/bin/objformat`"; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsdelf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'` - exit 0 - fi - fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; - *:NetBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; @@ -599,6 +735,9 @@ EOF i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we @@ -617,31 +756,60 @@ EOF *:GNU:*:*) echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit 0 ;; *:Linux:*:*) - # uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to - # filter it out. - case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in - armv*) UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;; - arm* | sa110*) UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;; - esac # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. - ld_help_string=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1` - ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \ + ld_supported_emulations=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported emulations: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_emulations" in - *ia64) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0 ;; - i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;; - sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - armlinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; + *ia64) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" + exit 0 + ;; + i?86linux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf_i?86) + TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" + ;; + i?86coff) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" + exit 0 + ;; + sparclinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf32_sparc) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" + exit 0 + ;; + armlinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf32arm*) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuoldld" + exit 0 + ;; + armelf_linux*) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" + exit 0 + ;; + m68klinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; elf32ppc | elf32ppclinux) # Determine Lib Version cat >$dummy.c <$dummy.s - .globl main - .ent main - main: - .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 - .prologue 0 - .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 - lda \$2,259 - .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 - srl \$1,8,\$2 - sll \$2,2,\$2 - sll \$0,3,\$0 - addl \$1,\$0,\$0 - addl \$2,\$0,\$0 - ret \$31,(\$26),1 - .end main + cat <$dummy.s + .data + \$Lformat: + .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" + + .text + .globl main + .align 4 + .ent main + main: + .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 + ldgp \$29,0(\$27) + .prologue 1 + .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 + lda \$2,-1 + .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 + lda \$16,\$Lformat + mov \$0,\$17 + not \$1,\$18 + jsr \$26,printf + ldgp \$29,0(\$26) + mov 0,\$16 + jsr \$26,exit + .end main EOF LIBC="" $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then - ./$dummy - case "$?" in - 7) + case `./$dummy` in + 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - 15) + 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - 14) + 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - 10) + 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - 16) + 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + 2-307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" + ;; esac objdump --private-headers $dummy | \ @@ -725,6 +909,7 @@ EOF elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then cat >$dummy.c < /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -740,14 +925,32 @@ EOF EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "s390"; then + echo s390-ibm-linux && exit 0 + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86_64"; then + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu && exit 0 + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "parisc" -o "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "hppa"; then + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) + echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + PA8*) + echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + *) + echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + esac + exit 0 else # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) # or one that does not give us useful --help. # GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout. # If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:" # that means it is gnuoldld. - echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:" - test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 + test -z "$ld_supported_emulations" \ + && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in i?86) @@ -761,6 +964,7 @@ EOF cat >$dummy.c < #ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -783,6 +987,7 @@ EOF EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 fi ;; # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions # are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename. @@ -798,19 +1003,21 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:5:7*) - UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` - (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585 - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better + UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then @@ -830,7 +1037,11 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; + i?86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp @@ -854,7 +1065,7 @@ EOF exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; - 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) + 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` @@ -913,7 +1124,7 @@ EOF mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*) + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) @@ -944,6 +1155,46 @@ EOF *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86pc"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo `uname -p`-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx + exit 0 ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit 0 ;; + NSR-[KW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit 0 ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit 0 ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit 0 ;; + i?86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1083,6 +1334,47 @@ then esac fi -#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2 +cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess version = $version + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub index e4944414..923c57be 100644 --- a/config.sub +++ b/config.sub @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh -# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1. -# Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2000-12-20' + # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. @@ -25,6 +29,8 @@ # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# Please send patches to . +# # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. @@ -45,30 +51,73 @@ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. -if [ x$1 = x ] -then - echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2 - echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2 - echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2 - echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2 - exit 1 -fi +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` -# First pass through any local machine types. -case $1 in - *local*) - echo $1 - exit 0 - ;; - *) - ;; +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit 0;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - linux-gnu*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; @@ -94,7 +143,7 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple) + -apple | -axis) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; @@ -105,7 +154,7 @@ case $os in -scout) ;; -wrs) - os=vxworks + os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) @@ -156,33 +205,47 @@ case $os in -psos*) os=-psos ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. - tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \ - | arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \ + tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \ + | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \ + | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \ | 580 | i960 | h8300 \ + | x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \ | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \ - | alpha | alphaev[4-7] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \ - | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle \ + | hppa64 \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \ + | alphaev6[78] \ + | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \ + | powerpc | powerpcle \ | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore \ | sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \ - | thumb | d10v) + | thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none ;; - m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65) + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65 | pj | pjl) ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. - i[34567]86) + i[234567]86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. @@ -192,13 +255,17 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. # FIXME: clean up the formatting here. - vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ - | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \ + vax-* | tahoe-* | i[234567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ + | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \ | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \ | xmp-* | ymp-* \ - | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* | hppa2.0n-* \ - | alpha-* | alphaev[4-7]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \ + | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \ + | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \ + | alphaev6[78]-* \ | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \ | clipper-* | orion-* \ | sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \ @@ -206,9 +273,10 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \ - | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \ | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \ - | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* ) + | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* | fr30-* \ + | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. @@ -245,14 +313,14 @@ case $basic_machine in os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) @@ -306,6 +374,9 @@ case $basic_machine in crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; @@ -426,7 +497,6 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm - os=-mvs ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i[34567]86v32) @@ -461,6 +531,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-mingw32 ;; + i[34567]86-pw32 | pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in @@ -489,7 +563,7 @@ case $basic_machine in miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; - *mint | *MiNT) + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; @@ -507,6 +581,10 @@ case $basic_machine in mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; + mmix*) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + os=-mmixware + ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -515,6 +593,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-msdos ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 @@ -524,7 +606,7 @@ case $basic_machine in os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) - basic_machine=armv4l-corel + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) @@ -572,9 +654,16 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf @@ -604,28 +693,28 @@ case $basic_machine in pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; - pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexen) + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; - pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86) + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2) - basic_machine=i786-pc + basic_machine=i686-pc ;; - pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexen-*) + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; - pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-*) + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) - basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; - power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; @@ -719,6 +808,10 @@ case $basic_machine in sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix @@ -727,6 +820,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=t3e-cray os=-unicos ;; + tic54x | c54x*) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; @@ -828,6 +925,9 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; + sh3 | sh4) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; sparc | sparcv9) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; @@ -908,12 +1008,25 @@ case $os in | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ - | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*) + | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* | -storm-chaos*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i[34567]86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto*) + os=-nto-qnx + ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ - | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` @@ -927,6 +1040,12 @@ case $os in -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; @@ -951,6 +1070,9 @@ case $os in -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` @@ -985,7 +1107,7 @@ case $os in -xenix) os=-xenix ;; - -*mint | -*MiNT) + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -none) @@ -1013,7 +1135,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; - arm*-corel) + arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) @@ -1127,7 +1249,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; - f301-fujitsu) + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) @@ -1187,7 +1309,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -genix*) vendor=ns ;; - -mvs*) + -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) @@ -1205,7 +1327,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; - -*mint | -*MiNT) + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; esac @@ -1214,3 +1336,11 @@ case $basic_machine in esac echo $basic_machine$os +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/lib/config.guess b/lib/config.guess index a28a2141..54936b2e 100755 --- a/lib/config.guess +++ b/lib/config.guess @@ -1,8 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh # Attempt to guess a canonical system name. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 # Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# + +timestamp='2000-12-21' + # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by # the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or @@ -23,34 +25,97 @@ # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. # Written by Per Bothner . -# The master version of this file is at the FSF in /home/gd/gnu/lib. -# Please send patches to the Autoconf mailing list . +# Please send patches to . # # This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to # config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and # exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. # # The plan is that this can be called by configure scripts if you -# don't specify an explicit system type (host/target name). +# don't specify an explicit build system type. # # Only a few systems have been added to this list; please add others # (but try to keep the structure clean). # -# Use $HOST_CC if defined. $CC may point to a cross-compiler -if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x; then - if test x"$HOST_CC" != x; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$HOST_CC" - else - if test x"$CC" != x; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$CC" - else - CC_FOR_BUILD=cc - fi - fi +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` + +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] + +Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.guess ($timestamp) + +Originally written by Per Bothner. +Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 + exit 1 ;; + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +if test $# != 0; then + echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1 fi +dummy=dummy-$$ +trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 + +# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. +# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still +# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. + +case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in + ,,) echo "int dummy(){}" > $dummy.c + for c in cc gcc c89 ; do + ($c $dummy.c -c -o $dummy.o) >/dev/null 2>&1 + if test $? = 0 ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break + fi + done + rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o + if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then + CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found + fi + ;; + ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; + ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; +esac + # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. # (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 8/24/94.) if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then @@ -59,15 +124,57 @@ fi UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown -UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown +UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown -dummy=dummy-$$ -trap 'rm -f $dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy; exit 1' 1 2 15 - # Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in + *:NetBSD:*:*) + # Netbsd (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or + # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, + # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently + # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old + # object file format. This provides both forward + # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the + # object file format. + # Determine the machine/vendor (is the vendor relevant). + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + amiga) machine=m68k-unknown ;; + arm32) machine=arm-unknown ;; + atari*) machine=m68k-atari ;; + sun3*) machine=m68k-sun ;; + mac68k) machine=m68k-apple ;; + macppc) machine=powerpc-apple ;; + hp3[0-9][05]) machine=m68k-hp ;; + ibmrt|romp-ibm) machine=romp-ibm ;; + *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown ;; + esac + # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched + # to ELF recently, or will in the future. + case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in + i386|sparc|amiga|arm*|hp300|mvme68k|vax|atari|luna68k|mac68k|news68k|next68k|pc532|sun3*|x68k) + if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ + | grep __ELF__ >/dev/null + then + # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). + # Return netbsd for either. FIX? + os=netbsd + else + os=netbsdelf + fi + ;; + *) + os=netbsd + ;; + esac + # The OS release + release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` + # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: + # contains redundant information, the shorter form: + # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. + echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" + exit 0 ;; alpha:OSF1:*:*) if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` @@ -77,41 +184,51 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. cat <$dummy.s + .data +\$Lformat: + .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" + + .text .globl main + .align 4 .ent main main: - .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 - .prologue 0 - .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 - lda \$2,259 - .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 - srl \$1,8,\$2 - sll \$2,2,\$2 - sll \$0,3,\$0 - addl \$1,\$0,\$0 - addl \$2,\$0,\$0 - ret \$31,(\$26),1 + .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 + ldgp \$29,0(\$27) + .prologue 1 + .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 + lda \$2,-1 + .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 + lda \$16,\$Lformat + mov \$0,\$17 + not \$1,\$18 + jsr \$26,printf + ldgp \$29,0(\$26) + mov 0,\$16 + jsr \$26,exit .end main EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then - ./$dummy - case "$?" in - 7) + case `./$dummy` in + 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - 15) + 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - 14) + 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - 10) + 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - 16) + 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + 2-307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" + ;; esac fi rm -f $dummy.s $dummy @@ -127,11 +244,8 @@ EOF echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 exit 0 ;; Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) - echo m68k-cbm-sysv4 + echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 exit 0;; - amiga:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-cbm-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; amiga:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -156,12 +270,12 @@ EOF wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*) echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + *:OS/390:*:*) + echo i370-ibm-openedition + exit 0 ;; arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0;; - arm32:NetBSD:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - exit 0 ;; SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp exit 0;; @@ -218,15 +332,12 @@ EOF aushp:SunOS:*:*) echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - atari*:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; atari*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name # can be virtually everything (everything which is not - # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor + # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not @@ -250,15 +361,9 @@ EOF *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - sun3*:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-sun-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; sun3*:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - mac68k:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; @@ -271,9 +376,6 @@ EOF powerpc:machten:*:*) echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - macppc:NetBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; RISC*:Mach:*:*) echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 exit 0 ;; @@ -289,6 +391,7 @@ EOF mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -328,15 +431,18 @@ EOF AViiON:dgux:*:*) # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` - if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 -o $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] ; then - if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx \ - -o ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] ; then + if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] + then + if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ + [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] + then echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - else + else echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi + else + echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} fi - else echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi exit 0 ;; M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 @@ -396,13 +502,26 @@ EOF fi echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} exit 0 ;; + *:AIX:*:5) + case "`lsattr -El proc0 -a type -F value`" in + PowerPC*) IBM_ARCH=powerpc + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + Itanium) IBM_ARCH=ia64 + IBM_MANUF=unknown ;; + POWER*) IBM_ARCH=power + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + *) IBM_ARCH=powerpc + IBM_MANUF=ibm ;; + esac + echo ${IBM_ARCH}-${IBM_MANUF}-aix${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; *:AIX:*:*) echo rs6000-ibm-aix exit 0 ;; ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; - ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC NetBSD and + ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to exit 0 ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 *:BOSX:*:*) @@ -418,11 +537,31 @@ EOF echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 exit 0 ;; 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) + case "${HPUX_REV}" in + 11.[0-9][0-9]) + if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then + sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` + sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` + case "${sc_cpu_version}" in + 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 + 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 + 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 + case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in + 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; + 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; + esac ;; + esac + fi ;; + esac + if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c + + #define _HPUX_SOURCE #include #include @@ -453,12 +592,17 @@ EOF exit (0); } EOF - ($CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` + (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null ) && HP_ARCH=`./$dummy` + if test -z "$HP_ARCH"; then HP_ARCH=hppa; fi rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + fi ;; esac - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} exit 0 ;; + ia64:HP-UX:*:*) + HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` + echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} + exit 0 ;; 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c #include @@ -547,29 +691,30 @@ EOF -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ exit 0 ;; CRAY*TS:*:*:*) - echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*T3D:*:*:*) + echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) - echo alpha-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' + exit 0 ;; + CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) + echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' exit 0 ;; CRAY-2:*:*:*) echo cray2-cray-unicos exit 0 ;; - F300:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "f300-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" + echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" exit 0 ;; - F301:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - echo f301-fujitsu-uxpv`echo $UNAME_RELEASE | sed 's/ .*//'` - exit 0 ;; - hp3[0-9][05]:NetBSD:*:*) - echo m68k-hp-netbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit 0 ;; hp300:OpenBSD:*:*) echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:*) + i?86:BSD/386:*:* | i?86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) @@ -579,17 +724,8 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; *:FreeBSD:*:*) - if test -x /usr/bin/objformat; then - if test "elf" = "`/usr/bin/objformat`"; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsdelf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*//'` - exit 0 - fi - fi echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` exit 0 ;; - *:NetBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-netbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - exit 0 ;; *:OpenBSD:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` exit 0 ;; @@ -599,6 +735,9 @@ EOF i*:MINGW*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 exit 0 ;; + i*:PW*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 + exit 0 ;; i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we @@ -617,31 +756,60 @@ EOF *:GNU:*:*) echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` exit 0 ;; + i*86:Minix:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix + exit 0 ;; *:Linux:*:*) - # uname on the ARM produces all sorts of strangeness, and we need to - # filter it out. - case "$UNAME_MACHINE" in - armv*) UNAME_MACHINE=$UNAME_MACHINE ;; - arm* | sa110*) UNAME_MACHINE="arm" ;; - esac # The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so # first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent # problems with other programs or directories called `ld' in the path. - ld_help_string=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1` - ld_supported_emulations=`echo $ld_help_string \ + ld_supported_emulations=`cd /; ld --help 2>&1 \ | sed -ne '/supported emulations:/!d s/[ ][ ]*/ /g s/.*supported emulations: *// s/ .*// p'` case "$ld_supported_emulations" in - *ia64) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" ; exit 0 ;; - i?86linux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - i?86coff) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" ; exit 0 ;; - sparclinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - armlinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; - m68klinux) echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" ; exit 0 ;; + *ia64) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux" + exit 0 + ;; + i?86linux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf_i?86) + TENTATIVE="${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnu" + ;; + i?86coff) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff" + exit 0 + ;; + sparclinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf32_sparc) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" + exit 0 + ;; + armlinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; + elf32arm*) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuoldld" + exit 0 + ;; + armelf_linux*) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu" + exit 0 + ;; + m68klinux) + echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnuaout" + exit 0 + ;; elf32ppc | elf32ppclinux) # Determine Lib Version cat >$dummy.c <$dummy.s - .globl main - .ent main - main: - .frame \$30,0,\$26,0 - .prologue 0 - .long 0x47e03d80 # implver $0 - lda \$2,259 - .long 0x47e20c21 # amask $2,$1 - srl \$1,8,\$2 - sll \$2,2,\$2 - sll \$0,3,\$0 - addl \$1,\$0,\$0 - addl \$2,\$0,\$0 - ret \$31,(\$26),1 - .end main + cat <$dummy.s + .data + \$Lformat: + .byte 37,100,45,37,120,10,0 # "%d-%x\n" + + .text + .globl main + .align 4 + .ent main + main: + .frame \$30,16,\$26,0 + ldgp \$29,0(\$27) + .prologue 1 + .long 0x47e03d80 # implver \$0 + lda \$2,-1 + .long 0x47e20c21 # amask \$2,\$1 + lda \$16,\$Lformat + mov \$0,\$17 + not \$1,\$18 + jsr \$26,printf + ldgp \$29,0(\$26) + mov 0,\$16 + jsr \$26,exit + .end main EOF LIBC="" $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.s -o $dummy 2>/dev/null if test "$?" = 0 ; then - ./$dummy - case "$?" in - 7) + case `./$dummy` in + 0-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - 15) + 1-0) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - 14) + 1-1) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - 10) + 1-101) UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - 16) + 2-303) UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; + 2-307) + UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" + ;; esac objdump --private-headers $dummy | \ @@ -725,6 +909,7 @@ EOF elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "mips" ; then cat >$dummy.c < /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -740,14 +925,32 @@ EOF EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "s390"; then + echo s390-ibm-linux && exit 0 + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86_64"; then + echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu && exit 0 + elif test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "parisc" -o "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "hppa"; then + # Look for CPU level + case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in + PA7*) + echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + PA8*) + echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + *) + echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu + ;; + esac + exit 0 else # Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) # or one that does not give us useful --help. # GCC wants to distinguish between linux-gnuoldld and linux-gnuaout. # If ld does not provide *any* "supported emulations:" # that means it is gnuoldld. - echo "$ld_help_string" | grep >/dev/null 2>&1 "supported emulations:" - test $? != 0 && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 + test -z "$ld_supported_emulations" \ + && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld" && exit 0 case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in i?86) @@ -761,6 +964,7 @@ EOF cat >$dummy.c < #ifdef __cplusplus +#include /* for printf() prototype */ int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { #else int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { @@ -783,6 +987,7 @@ EOF EOF $CC_FOR_BUILD $dummy.c -o $dummy 2>/dev/null && ./$dummy "${UNAME_MACHINE}" && rm $dummy.c $dummy && exit 0 rm -f $dummy.c $dummy + test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0 fi ;; # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. earlier versions # are messed up and put the nodename in both sysname and nodename. @@ -798,19 +1003,21 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} exit 0 ;; i?86:*:4.*:* | i?86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) + UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:5:7*) - UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|egrep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` - (/bin/uname -X|egrep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pent.*II' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - (/bin/uname -X|egrep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i585 - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + # Fixed at (any) Pentium or better + UNAME_MACHINE=i586 + if [ ${UNAME_SYSTEM} = "UnixWare" ] ; then + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sco-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}uw${UNAME_VERSION} + else + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} + fi exit 0 ;; i?86:*:3.2:*) if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then @@ -830,7 +1037,11 @@ EOF echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 fi exit 0 ;; + i?86:*DOS:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp + exit 0 ;; pc:*:*:*) + # Left here for compatibility: # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386. echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp @@ -854,7 +1065,7 @@ EOF exit 0 ;; M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*) test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;; - 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) + 3[34]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0) OS_REL='' test -r /etc/.relid \ && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` @@ -913,7 +1124,7 @@ EOF mc68*:A/UX:*:*) echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; - news*:NEWS-OS:*:6*) + news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) echo mips-sony-newsos6 exit 0 ;; R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) @@ -944,6 +1155,46 @@ EOF *:Rhapsody:*:*) echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} exit 0 ;; + *:Darwin:*:*) + echo `uname -p`-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) + if test "${UNAME_MACHINE}" = "x86pc"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=pc + fi + echo `uname -p`-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx + exit 0 ;; + *:QNX:*:4*) + echo i386-pc-qnx + exit 0 ;; + NSR-[KW]:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) + echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:NonStop-UX:*:*) + echo mips-compaq-nonstopux + exit 0 ;; + BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) + echo bs2000-siemens-sysv + exit 0 ;; + DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} + exit 0 ;; + *:Plan9:*:*) + # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 + # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 + # operating systems. + if test "$cputype" = "386"; then + UNAME_MACHINE=i386 + else + UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" + fi + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 + exit 0 ;; + i?86:OS/2:*:*) + # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility + # is probably installed. + echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx + exit 0 ;; esac #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 @@ -1083,6 +1334,47 @@ then esac fi -#echo '(Unable to guess system type)' 1>&2 +cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed +information to handle your system. + +config.guess version = $version + +uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` +uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` + +/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` + +hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` +/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` +/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` + +UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} +UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} +UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} +UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} +EOF exit 1 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/lib/config.sub b/lib/config.sub index e4944414..923c57be 100644 --- a/lib/config.sub +++ b/lib/config.sub @@ -1,6 +1,10 @@ #! /bin/sh -# Configuration validation subroutine script, version 1.1. -# Copyright (C) 1991, 92-97, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Configuration validation subroutine script. +# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 +# Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +timestamp='2000-12-20' + # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software # can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. @@ -25,6 +29,8 @@ # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. +# Please send patches to . +# # Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. # Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. # If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. @@ -45,30 +51,73 @@ # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM # It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. -if [ x$1 = x ] -then - echo Configuration name missing. 1>&2 - echo "Usage: $0 CPU-MFR-OPSYS" 1>&2 - echo "or $0 ALIAS" 1>&2 - echo where ALIAS is a recognized configuration type. 1>&2 - exit 1 -fi +me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` -# First pass through any local machine types. -case $1 in - *local*) - echo $1 - exit 0 - ;; - *) - ;; +usage="\ +Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS + $0 [OPTION] ALIAS + +Canonicalize a configuration name. + +Operation modes: + -h, --help print this help, then exit + -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit + -v, --version print version number, then exit + +Report bugs and patches to ." + +version="\ +GNU config.sub ($timestamp) + +Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 +Free Software Foundation, Inc. + +This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO +warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." + +help=" +Try \`$me --help' for more information." + +# Parse command line +while test $# -gt 0 ; do + case $1 in + --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) + echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;; + --version | -v ) + echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;; + --help | --h* | -h ) + echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;; + -- ) # Stop option processing + shift; break ;; + - ) # Use stdin as input. + break ;; + -* ) + echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" + exit 1 ;; + + *local*) + # First pass through any local machine types. + echo $1 + exit 0;; + + * ) + break ;; + esac +done + +case $# in + 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 + exit 1;; + 1) ;; + *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 + exit 1;; esac # Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` case $maybe_os in - linux-gnu*) + nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | storm-chaos*) os=-$maybe_os basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` ;; @@ -94,7 +143,7 @@ case $os in -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple) + -apple | -axis) os= basic_machine=$1 ;; @@ -105,7 +154,7 @@ case $os in -scout) ;; -wrs) - os=vxworks + os=-vxworks basic_machine=$1 ;; -hiux*) @@ -156,33 +205,47 @@ case $os in -psos*) os=-psos ;; + -mint | -mint[0-9]*) + basic_machine=m68k-atari + os=-mint + ;; esac # Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. case $basic_machine in # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. - tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc | arm \ - | arme[lb] | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \ + tahoe | i860 | ia64 | m32r | m68k | m68000 | m88k | ns32k | arc \ + | arm | arme[lb] | arm[bl]e | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | strongarm | xscale \ + | pyramid | mn10200 | mn10300 | tron | a29k \ | 580 | i960 | h8300 \ + | x86 | ppcbe | mipsbe | mipsle | shbe | shle \ | hppa | hppa1.0 | hppa1.1 | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0w | hppa2.0n \ - | alpha | alphaev[4-7] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \ - | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | powerpc | powerpcle \ + | hppa64 \ + | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphapca5[67] \ + | alphaev6[78] \ + | we32k | ns16k | clipper | i370 | sh | sh[34] \ + | powerpc | powerpcle \ | 1750a | dsp16xx | pdp11 | mips16 | mips64 | mipsel | mips64el \ | mips64orion | mips64orionel | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ | mips64vr5000 | miprs64vr5000el | mcore \ | sparc | sparclet | sparclite | sparc64 | sparcv9 | v850 | c4x \ - | thumb | d10v) + | thumb | d10v | d30v | fr30 | avr) + basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + ;; + m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12) + # Motorola 68HC11/12. basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown + os=-none ;; - m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65) + m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | z8k | v70 | h8500 | w65 | pj | pjl) ;; # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' # because (1) that's what they normally are, and # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. - i[34567]86) + i[234567]86 | x86_64) basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc ;; # Object if more than one company name word. @@ -192,13 +255,17 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. # FIXME: clean up the formatting here. - vax-* | tahoe-* | i[34567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ - | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | arm-* | c[123]* \ + vax-* | tahoe-* | i[234567]86-* | i860-* | ia64-* | m32r-* | m68k-* | m68000-* \ + | m88k-* | sparc-* | ns32k-* | fx80-* | arc-* | c[123]* \ + | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armv*-* | strongarm-* | xscale-* \ | mips-* | pyramid-* | tron-* | a29k-* | romp-* | rs6000-* \ | power-* | none-* | 580-* | cray2-* | h8300-* | h8500-* | i960-* \ | xmp-* | ymp-* \ - | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* | hppa2.0n-* \ - | alpha-* | alphaev[4-7]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \ + | x86-* | ppcbe-* | mipsbe-* | mipsle-* | shbe-* | shle-* \ + | hppa-* | hppa1.0-* | hppa1.1-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0w-* \ + | hppa2.0n-* | hppa64-* \ + | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphapca5[67]-* \ + | alphaev6[78]-* \ | we32k-* | cydra-* | ns16k-* | pn-* | np1-* | xps100-* \ | clipper-* | orion-* \ | sparclite-* | pdp11-* | sh-* | powerpc-* | powerpcle-* \ @@ -206,9 +273,10 @@ case $basic_machine in | mips64el-* | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* | mcore-* \ - | f301-* | armv*-* | t3e-* \ + | f30[01]-* | f700-* | s390-* | sv1-* | t3e-* \ | m88110-* | m680[01234]0-* | m683?2-* | m68360-* | z8k-* | d10v-* \ - | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* ) + | thumb-* | v850-* | d30v-* | tic30-* | c30-* | fr30-* \ + | bs2000-* | tic54x-* | c54x-* | x86_64-*) ;; # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. @@ -245,14 +313,14 @@ case $basic_machine in os=-sysv ;; amiga | amiga-*) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown ;; amigaos | amigados) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-amigaos ;; amigaunix | amix) - basic_machine=m68k-cbm + basic_machine=m68k-unknown os=-sysv4 ;; apollo68) @@ -306,6 +374,9 @@ case $basic_machine in crds | unos) basic_machine=m68k-crds ;; + cris | cris-* | etrax*) + basic_machine=cris-axis + ;; da30 | da30-*) basic_machine=m68k-da30 ;; @@ -426,7 +497,6 @@ case $basic_machine in ;; i370-ibm* | ibm*) basic_machine=i370-ibm - os=-mvs ;; # I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? i[34567]86v32) @@ -461,6 +531,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-mingw32 ;; + i[34567]86-pw32 | pw32) + basic_machine=i586-unknown + os=-pw32 + ;; iris | iris4d) basic_machine=mips-sgi case $os in @@ -489,7 +563,7 @@ case $basic_machine in miniframe) basic_machine=m68000-convergent ;; - *mint | *MiNT) + *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) basic_machine=m68k-atari os=-mint ;; @@ -507,6 +581,10 @@ case $basic_machine in mips3*) basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown ;; + mmix*) + basic_machine=mmix-knuth + os=-mmixware + ;; monitor) basic_machine=m68k-rom68k os=-coff @@ -515,6 +593,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i386-unknown os=-msdos ;; + mvs) + basic_machine=i370-ibm + os=-mvs + ;; ncr3000) basic_machine=i486-ncr os=-sysv4 @@ -524,7 +606,7 @@ case $basic_machine in os=-netbsd ;; netwinder) - basic_machine=armv4l-corel + basic_machine=armv4l-rebel os=-linux ;; news | news700 | news800 | news900) @@ -572,9 +654,16 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=i960-intel os=-mon960 ;; + nonstopux) + basic_machine=mips-compaq + os=-nonstopux + ;; np1) basic_machine=np1-gould ;; + nsr-tandem) + basic_machine=nsr-tandem + ;; op50n-* | op60c-*) basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki os=-proelf @@ -604,28 +693,28 @@ case $basic_machine in pc532 | pc532-*) basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 ;; - pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexen) + pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen) basic_machine=i586-pc ;; - pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86) + pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon) basic_machine=i686-pc ;; pentiumii | pentium2) - basic_machine=i786-pc + basic_machine=i686-pc ;; - pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexen-*) + pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-*) basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; - pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-*) + pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pentiumii-* | pentium2-*) - basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` + basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` ;; pn) basic_machine=pn-gould ;; - power) basic_machine=rs6000-ibm + power) basic_machine=power-ibm ;; ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown ;; @@ -719,6 +808,10 @@ case $basic_machine in sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) basic_machine=i386-sun ;; + sv1) + basic_machine=sv1-cray + os=-unicos + ;; symmetry) basic_machine=i386-sequent os=-dynix @@ -727,6 +820,10 @@ case $basic_machine in basic_machine=t3e-cray os=-unicos ;; + tic54x | c54x*) + basic_machine=tic54x-unknown + os=-coff + ;; tx39) basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown ;; @@ -828,6 +925,9 @@ case $basic_machine in we32k) basic_machine=we32k-att ;; + sh3 | sh4) + basic_machine=sh-unknown + ;; sparc | sparcv9) basic_machine=sparc-sun ;; @@ -908,12 +1008,25 @@ case $os in | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ - | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -openstep* | -oskit*) + | -interix* | -uwin* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ + | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* | -storm-chaos*) # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. ;; + -qnx*) + case $basic_machine in + x86-* | i[34567]86-*) + ;; + *) + os=-nto$os + ;; + esac + ;; + -nto*) + os=-nto-qnx + ;; -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \ - | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mon960* | -lnews*) + | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) ;; -mac*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` @@ -927,6 +1040,12 @@ case $os in -sunos6*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` ;; + -opened*) + os=-openedition + ;; + -wince*) + os=-wince + ;; -osfrose*) os=-osfrose ;; @@ -951,6 +1070,9 @@ case $os in -ns2 ) os=-nextstep2 ;; + -nsk*) + os=-nsk + ;; # Preserve the version number of sinix5. -sinix5.*) os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` @@ -985,7 +1107,7 @@ case $os in -xenix) os=-xenix ;; - -*mint | -*MiNT) + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) os=-mint ;; -none) @@ -1013,7 +1135,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-acorn) os=-riscix1.2 ;; - arm*-corel) + arm*-rebel) os=-linux ;; arm*-semi) @@ -1127,7 +1249,7 @@ case $basic_machine in *-masscomp) os=-rtu ;; - f301-fujitsu) + f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) os=-uxpv ;; *-rom68k) @@ -1187,7 +1309,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -genix*) vendor=ns ;; - -mvs*) + -mvs* | -opened*) vendor=ibm ;; -ptx*) @@ -1205,7 +1327,7 @@ case $basic_machine in -mpw* | -macos*) vendor=apple ;; - -*mint | -*MiNT) + -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) vendor=atari ;; esac @@ -1214,3 +1336,11 @@ case $basic_machine in esac echo $basic_machine$os +exit 0 + +# Local variables: +# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) +# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" +# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +# time-stamp-end: "'" +# End: diff --git a/lib/texinfo.tex b/lib/texinfo.tex index aa52853e..0c98fa28 100644 --- a/lib/texinfo.tex +++ b/lib/texinfo.tex @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-05}% +\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-12.07} % -% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 +% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 % Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or @@ -29,30 +29,34 @@ % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: -% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex -% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. +% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list). -% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out +% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list). +% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. +% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. -% Please include a precise test case in each bug report, -% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem. -% +% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple -% manuals, however, you can get away with: +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file. +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps. % The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get +% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} @@ -63,7 +67,6 @@ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. - \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c @@ -83,7 +86,6 @@ % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax - \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 @@ -92,19 +94,46 @@ \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined \gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi % Ignore a token. % @@ -143,7 +172,7 @@ % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% +% \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % @@ -185,6 +214,9 @@ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi + % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin @@ -568,36 +600,42 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} %}} \def\needx#1{% - % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % - % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page - % break, since the best break might be right here. - \allowbreak - \nointerlineskip - \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi } % @br forces paragraph break @@ -618,7 +656,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% +% \def\enddots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 2em{% @@ -650,16 +688,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} -% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. - -\def\inmargin#1{% -\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss - \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} - -%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). @@ -705,420 +781,283 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\c=\comment -% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. -\let\paragraphindent=\comment - -% Prevent errors for section commands. -% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. -\def\ignoresections{% -\let\chapter=\relax -\let\unnumbered=\relax -\let\top=\relax -\let\unnumberedsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax -\let\section=\relax -\let\subsec=\relax -\let\subsubsec=\relax -\let\subsection=\relax -\let\subsubsection=\relax -\let\appendix=\relax -\let\appendixsec=\relax -\let\appendixsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax -\let\contents=\relax -\let\smallbook=\relax -\let\titlepage=\relax +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} +\def\doparagraphindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent } -% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source -% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used -% incorrectly. -% -\def\ignoremorecommands{% - \let\defcodeindex = \relax - \let\defcv = \relax - \let\deffn = \relax - \let\deffnx = \relax - \let\defindex = \relax - \let\defivar = \relax - \let\defmac = \relax - \let\defmethod = \relax - \let\defop = \relax - \let\defopt = \relax - \let\defspec = \relax - \let\deftp = \relax - \let\deftypefn = \relax - \let\deftypefun = \relax - \let\deftypevar = \relax - \let\deftypevr = \relax - \let\defun = \relax - \let\defvar = \relax - \let\defvr = \relax - \let\ref = \relax - \let\xref = \relax - \let\printindex = \relax - \let\pxref = \relax - \let\settitle = \relax - \let\setchapternewpage = \relax - \let\setchapterstyle = \relax - \let\everyheading = \relax - \let\evenheading = \relax - \let\oddheading = \relax - \let\everyfooting = \relax - \let\evenfooting = \relax - \let\oddfooting = \relax - \let\headings = \relax - \let\include = \relax - \let\lowersections = \relax - \let\down = \relax - \let\raisesections = \relax - \let\up = \relax - \let\set = \relax - \let\clear = \relax - \let\item = \relax +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} +\def\doexampleindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi } -% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\asis#1{#1} -% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% @math means output in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. % -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +% +\let\implicitmath = $ +\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory = \comment +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. - % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in - % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. - \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \catcode32 = 10 - % - % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. - \catcode`\{ = 9 - \catcode`\} = 9 - % - % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. - \catcode`\@ = 12 - % - % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line - % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) - % @c @end ifinfo - % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. - % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) - \catcode`\c = 14 - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \iflinks + \readauxfile + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi + \closein1 + \temp + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } -% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% Called from \setfilename. % -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} -\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse -\def\obstexwarn{% - \ifwarnedobs\relax\else - % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. - % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. - \immediate\write16{} - \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} - \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} - \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} - \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} - \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} - \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} - \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} - \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} - \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} - \immediate\write16{} - \global\warnedobstrue +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\else + \pdftrue + \pdfoutput = 1 + \input pdfcolor + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}% + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \pdfimage + \else + \pdfximage \fi -} - -% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a -% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), -% uncomment the following line: -%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax - -% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for -% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. -% -\def\nestedignore#1{% - \obstexwarn - % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end - % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the - % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize - % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on - % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. - % - \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the - % @end command again. - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% - % - % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no - % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do - % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we - % undefine them. - % - % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; - % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. - \ignoremorecommands - % - % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define - % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use - % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites - % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still - % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of - % stuff compared to the main input. - % - \nullfont - \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont - \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont - \let\tensf = \nullfont - % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in - % smallexample) - \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont - \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont - \let\indsf = \nullfont - % - % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. - \tracinglostchars = 0 - % - % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. - \frenchspacing - % - % Don't report underfull hboxes. - \hbadness = 10000 - % - % Do minimal line-breaking. - \pretolerance = 10000 - % - % Do not execute instructions in @tex - \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% - % Do not execute macro definitions. - % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. - \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% -} - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid -% losing inside @example, for instance. -% -\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. - \parsearg\setxxx} -\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty - \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. - \fi - \endgroup -} -% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or -% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into -% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. -\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} -\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -% -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - % - % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any - % such active characters to their normal equivalents. - \gdef\value{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 - \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore - \valuexxx} -} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones -% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything -% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result -% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value -% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail -% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a -% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} -\def\ifsetxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifsetfail - \else - \expandafter\ifsetsucceed - \fi -} -\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} -\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifset} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} -\def\ifclearxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifclearsucceed - \else - \expandafter\ifclearfail - \fi -} -\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} -\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} - -% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text -% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' -% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. -% -\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} -\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} -\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} -\defineunmatchedend{iftex} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} - -% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it -% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no -% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must -% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't -% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since -% the @ifset might be nested.) -% -\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% - \edef\temp{% - % Remember the current value of \E#1. - \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% - % - % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. - \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the -% control sequences after we've constructed them. -% -\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math means output in math mode. -% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control -% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, -% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they -% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a -% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. -% -% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it -% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. -% -\let\implicitmath = $ -\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} -\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \iflinks - \readauxfile - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi - \closein1 - \temp - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi + \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi + {#1.pdf}% + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz} + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@} + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1\else\bgroup + \closein 1 + \indexnofonts + \def\tt{} + \let\_ = \normalunderscore + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} + \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \input \jobname.toc + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} + \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \input \jobname.toc + \egroup\fi + }} + \def\makelinks #1,{% + \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% + \ifx\params\E + \let\nextmakelinks=\relax + \else + \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks + \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi + \picknum{#1}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% + \linkcolor #1% + \advance\lnkcount by 1% + \endlink + \fi + \nextmakelinks + } + \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} + \def\pn#1{% + \def\p{#1}% + \ifx\p\lbrace + \let\nextpn=\ppn + \else + \let\nextpn=\ppnn + \def\first{#1} + \fi + \nextpn + } + \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} + \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} + \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + % #1 + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} @@ -1190,23 +1129,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} -% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). -% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, -% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. -% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they -% aren't very useful. -\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\let\indtt=\ninett -\let\indttsl=\ninettsl -\let\indsf=\indrm -\let\indbf=\indrm -\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} -\font\indi=cmmi9 -\font\indsy=cmsy9 +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} @@ -1320,11 +1253,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? -\def\indexfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl - \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc - \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}} % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % @@ -1373,9 +1307,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% @@ -1479,25 +1413,51 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\env=\code \let\command=\code -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument -% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. -% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} -\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else - \code{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi \fi -} + \endlink +\endgroup} -% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref. +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\let\email=\uref - +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have @@ -1540,7 +1500,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% +% \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage @@ -1615,6 +1575,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi % + \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi + % \HEADINGSon } @@ -1748,23 +1710,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } % Subroutines used in generating headings -% Produces Day Month Year style of output. -\def\today{\number\day\space -\ifcase\month\or -January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -\space\number\year} - -% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. -%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or -%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -%\space\number\day, \number\year} - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings -% It generates no output of its own - -\def\thistitle{No Title} +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} @@ -1841,7 +1803,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and @@ -2138,7 +2100,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% +% \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax @@ -2184,10 +2146,11 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \go } -% multitable syntax -\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 - % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is - % maintained, even if it is never used. +% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is +% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we +% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{&} % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % @@ -2229,15 +2192,15 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. - % + % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. - % + % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % + % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 @@ -2264,29 +2227,382 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr } -\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. -% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on -% current baselineskip. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, -%% to keep lines equally spaced -\let\multistrut = \strut -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\else -\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 -width0pt\relax} \fi -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\let\multistrut = \strut +\else +%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% + \let\chapter=\relax + \let\unnumbered=\relax + \let\top=\relax + \let\unnumberedsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax + \let\section=\relax + \let\subsec=\relax + \let\subsubsec=\relax + \let\subsection=\relax + \let\subsubsection=\relax + \let\appendix=\relax + \let\appendixsec=\relax + \let\appendixsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax + \let\contents=\relax + \let\smallbook=\relax + \let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \relax + \let\deffn = \relax + \let\deffnx = \relax + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \relax + \let\defmac = \relax + \let\defmethod = \relax + \let\defop = \relax + \let\defopt = \relax + \let\defspec = \relax + \let\deftp = \relax + \let\deftypefn = \relax + \let\deftypefun = \relax + \let\deftypeivar = \relax + \let\deftypeop = \relax + \let\deftypevar = \relax + \let\deftypevr = \relax + \let\defun = \relax + \let\defvar = \relax + \let\defvr = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\xref = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\clear = \relax + \let\item = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} + +% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory = \comment + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in + % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. + \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode32 = 10 + % + % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. + \catcode`\{ = 9 + \catcode`\} = 9 + % + % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. + \catcode`\@ = 12 + % + % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line + % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) + % @c @end ifinfo + % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. + % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) + \catcode`\c = 14 + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites + % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont + \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont + \let\tensf=\nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample). + \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont + \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont + \let\smallsf=\nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% + % Do not execute macro definitions. + % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. + \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + % + % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any + % such active characters to their normal equivalents. + \gdef\value{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 + \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore + \valuexxx} +} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones +% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything +% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result +% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value +% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail +% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a +% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +\def\ifsetxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifsetfail + \else + \expandafter\ifsetsucceed + \fi +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +\def\ifclearxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifclearsucceed + \else + \expandafter\ifclearfail + \fi +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text +% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' +% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} +\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} + +% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +% the @ifset might be nested.) +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% + \edef\temp{% + % Remember the current value of \E#1. + \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% + % + % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. + \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% +\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} @@ -2315,42 +2631,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} - +% \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. - +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}} + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the -% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. -\def\synindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\doindex{#2}}% -} - +% % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}% +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. @@ -2403,7 +2725,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes -% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. +% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% @@ -2455,6 +2777,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \let\value = \expandablevalue % \unsepspaces +% Turn off macro expansion +\turnoffmacros } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces @@ -2514,6 +2838,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \let\url=\indexdummyfont \let\uref=\indexdummyfont \let\env=\indexdummyfont +\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont \let\command=\indexdummyfont \let\option=\indexdummyfont \let\file=\indexdummyfont @@ -2540,14 +2865,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\emptymacro{\empty} % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% +% \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception % is with defuns, which call us directly. -% +% \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else @@ -2572,24 +2897,28 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\subentry{ #3}% \fi % - % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off - % to get the string to sort by. + % First process the index entry with all font commands turned + % off to get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% % - % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the - % original text, including any font commands. + % Now the real index entry with the fonts. \toks0 = {#2}% + % + % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index + % string. And include a space. + \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key + % and the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to + % two when writing the .??s sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% % - % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string. - \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else - \toks0 = {#3}% - \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}% - \fi - % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the @@ -2601,12 +2930,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. - % + % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. - % + % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. - % + % \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip @@ -2615,7 +2944,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \temp % do the write % - % + % \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% @@ -2663,7 +2992,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \indexbreaks % @@ -2679,7 +3008,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. - (Index is nonexistent) + \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof @@ -2687,7 +3016,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 - (Index is empty) + \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change @@ -2712,7 +3041,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip - % + % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \penalty -300 % @@ -2720,7 +3049,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % + % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% @@ -2790,7 +3119,11 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. - \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi \fi% \par \endgroup} @@ -2819,23 +3152,25 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % + \output = {% + % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from - % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. - % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it - % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and - % this will be a no-op. - \unvbox\partialpage + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi % - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox255 - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }}% + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. @@ -2864,13 +3199,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. -% +% \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal @@ -2878,6 +3212,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ @@ -2885,16 +3220,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% - % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, - % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. - \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } +% +% All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the @@ -2919,8 +3256,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% - % Called at the end of the double column material. \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip @@ -2948,7 +3286,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{sectioning,} -% Define chapters, sections, etc. +% Chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 @@ -2957,7 +3295,43 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. @@ -3430,15 +3804,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{toc,} +% Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. -% +% % We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other % given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. -% +% \newif\iftocfileopened \def\writetocentry#1{% \iftocfileopened\else @@ -3454,7 +3829,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \tocfile. -% +% \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain @@ -3482,13 +3857,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \pdfmakeoutlines \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno @@ -3496,7 +3873,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry @@ -3518,12 +3895,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents +\ifpdf + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% +\fi + % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. @@ -3534,7 +3916,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. @@ -3542,10 +3924,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. -\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } -\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 - +% +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth +% \def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}% + \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 + % % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% @@ -3560,7 +3946,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} -\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} @@ -3587,24 +3973,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for @@ -3632,6 +4018,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. @@ -3842,7 +4229,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. -% +% % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be @@ -3867,7 +4254,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the % definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or % whatever) command. -% +% % This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an % @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. % @@ -3881,7 +4268,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\smalllispx{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts + \smallfonts \lisp } @@ -3897,7 +4284,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \display } @@ -3914,7 +4301,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \def\smallformatx{\begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \format } @@ -3923,7 +4310,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} % @flushright. -% +% \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart @@ -3932,6 +4319,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \gobble } + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % @@ -3954,9 +4342,162 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} +% If we want to allow any as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup +\def\setupverbatim{% + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}' +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know +%% \begingroup +%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 +%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active +%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ +%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] +%% |endgroup +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}} +\endgroup +% +\def\verbatim{% + \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim +} + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\verbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \catcode`\\=12 + \catcode`~=12 + \catcode`^=12 + \catcode`_=12 + \catcode`|=12 + \catcode`<=12 + \catcode`>=12 + \catcode`+=12 + \parsearg\doverbatiminclude +} +\def\setupverbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim +} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + % Restore active chars for included file. + \endgroup + \begingroup + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile + \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup +} + + \message{defuns,} -% Define formatter for defuns -% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +% @defun etc. + +% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in @@ -4010,10 +4551,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } -\def\ampnr{\&} +\let\ampnr = \& \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} +% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. +{ + \catcode`& = 13 + \global\let& = \ampnr +} + % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. % #1 should be the function name. % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". @@ -4065,7 +4612,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. -% +% \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies @@ -4077,23 +4624,39 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} -% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh. +% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. -% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. +% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. % #5 is the method's return type. +% +\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV + \medbreak + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} + +% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an +% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it +% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have +% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the +% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for +% the \E... definition to assign the category name to. % -\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} +\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV + \medbreak + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {% + \def#4{##1}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}} \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % @@ -4204,12 +4767,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up -\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl +\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\hyphenchar\tensl=0 +% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% #1% -\hyphenchar\tensl=45 +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil @@ -4243,7 +4807,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4257,7 +4821,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4288,7 +4852,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4298,36 +4862,39 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } -% This definition is run if you use @defunx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. - -\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} -\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} -\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} -\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} - -% @defmethod, and so on - % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... - +% \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} - -\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +% +\def\defopheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } -% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG... +% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... +% +\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% + \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader + \deftypeopcategory} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} + {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% + \deftypefunargs{#4}% + \endgroup +} + +% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... % \def\deftypemethod{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} @@ -4341,6 +4908,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \endgroup } +% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME +% +\def\deftypeivar{% + \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. +\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} + {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + % @defmethod == @defop Method % \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} @@ -4360,31 +4942,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } -% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} - +% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME +% \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} - -\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +% +\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup } -% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. - -\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} -\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} -\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} -\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} - -% Now @defvar - +% @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up @@ -4404,7 +4979,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } @@ -4413,7 +4988,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } @@ -4425,7 +5000,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} @@ -4441,15 +5016,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} -% This definition is run if you use @defvarx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. - -\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} -\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} -\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} - % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. @@ -4462,23 +5028,45 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} -% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc -% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. - -\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. +% +\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \message{macros,} % @macro. -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + \toks0={#1\endinput}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}% + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces \input \jobname.tmp @@ -4487,12 +5075,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M -\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup} +% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex +\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ +\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} \fi \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? +\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form + % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. @@ -4524,8 +5116,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\macrobodyctxt{% @@ -4554,7 +5146,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\\=12} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. @@ -4573,25 +5165,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \else + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + % Add the macroname to \macrolist + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} \def\unmacroxxx#1{% - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist + \begingroup + \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% + \def\do##1{% + \def\tempb{##1}% + \ifx\tempa\tempb + % remove this + \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}% + \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}% + \fi}% + \def\newmacrolist{}% + % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist + \macrolist + \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist + \endgroup \else - \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } @@ -4650,19 +5265,20 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else @@ -4674,7 +5290,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% @@ -4682,9 +5299,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter @@ -4705,11 +5322,29 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg + \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} +% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not +% expanded by \write. +\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% + \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces +\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% +\expandafter\endgroup\next} + \message{cross references,} +% @xref etc. + \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. @@ -4751,21 +5386,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}} - +% +\newcount\savesfregister +\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely % NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have % to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title % aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the % first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. -% +% \def\setref#1#2{{% \indexdummies + \pdfmkdest{#1}% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% - \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2} + \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% }} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is @@ -4777,6 +5415,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% @@ -4810,8 +5449,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{#1@}% + \fi + \linkcolor + \fi + % \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand @@ -4824,11 +5476,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% - % [mynode], + % [mynode], [\printednodename],\space % page 3 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi + \endlink \endgroup} % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros @@ -4836,7 +5489,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) \def\dosetq#1#2{% - {\let\folio=0 + {\let\folio=0% \normalturnoffactive \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% \iflinks @@ -4913,7 +5566,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. -% +% \def\xrdef#1{\begingroup % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. \catcode`\\ = 0 @@ -5065,6 +5718,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % + \smallfonts \rm + % % Hang the footnote text off the number. \hang \textindent{\thisfootno}% @@ -5079,7 +5734,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} -\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} +\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup} }%end \catcode `\@=11 @@ -5138,7 +5793,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% +% % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. @@ -5151,12 +5806,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \input epsf.tex \fi % +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % -% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else @@ -5174,24 +5829,68 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \nobreak\medskip - \nobreak - \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% - \bigbreak + \ifpdf + \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% + \bigbreak + \else + % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi +} + + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} +\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \let\temp = \relax \else - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% \fi + \temp + \endgroup } +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} -\message{paper sizes,} -% And other related parameters. +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment + +% Page size parameters. +% \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt @@ -5211,16 +5910,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We -% call this whenever the paper size is set. +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else - \emergencystretch = \hsize - \divide\emergencystretch by 45 + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } @@ -5305,7 +6002,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. \def\afourwide{% \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 } @@ -5313,7 +6010,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% +% \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% @@ -5327,9 +6024,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi }} % Set default to letter. -% +% \letterpaper + \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. @@ -5341,6 +6039,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} @@ -5349,6 +6048,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, @@ -5359,7 +6059,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). @@ -5390,6 +6096,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar} %\catcode 27=\active %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} @@ -5420,9 +6128,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -\escapechar=`\@ - % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active @@ -5436,7 +6141,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} +@let+=@normalplus +@let$=@normaldollar} @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@normalbackslash @@ -5446,7 +6152,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} +@let+=@normalplus +@let$=@normaldollar} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @@ -5465,20 +6172,29 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % -@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below -% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 -@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other +@c Set initial fonts. @textfonts @rm + @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: diff --git a/texinfo.tex b/texinfo.tex index aa52853e..0c98fa28 100644 --- a/texinfo.tex +++ b/texinfo.tex @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi % -\def\texinfoversion{1999-01-05}% +\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-12.07} % -% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98 +% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 % Free Software Foundation, Inc. % % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or @@ -29,30 +29,34 @@ % % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug % reports; you can get the latest version from: -% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/texinfo.tex -% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. +% ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo.tex % (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html) -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% ftp://ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@ctan.org for a list). -% The texinfo.tex in the texinfo distribution itself could well be out +% ftp://texinfo.org/tex/texinfo.tex +% ftp://us.ctan.org/macros/texinfo/texinfo.tex +% (and all CTAN mirrors, finger ctan@us.ctan.org for a list). +% /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines. +% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. -% Please include a precise test case in each bug report, -% including a complete document with which we can reproduce the problem. -% +% Texinfo has a small home page at http://texinfo.org/. +% +% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a +% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the +% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. +% % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For simple -% manuals, however, you can get away with: +% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple +% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: % tex foo.texi % texindex foo.?? % tex foo.texi % tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file. +% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever, to process the dvi file; this makes foo.ps. % The extra runs of TeX get the cross-reference information correct. % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. +% +% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages. You can get +% the existing language-specific files from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/. \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} @@ -63,7 +67,6 @@ \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} % Save some parts of plain tex whose names we will redefine. - \let\ptexb=\b \let\ptexbullet=\bullet \let\ptexc=\c @@ -83,7 +86,6 @@ % For @tex, we can use \tabalign. \let\+ = \relax - \message{Basics,} \chardef\other=12 @@ -92,19 +94,46 @@ \newlinechar = `^^J % Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortContents\undefined \gdef\putwordShortContents{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTableofContents\undefined\gdef\putwordTableofContents{Table of Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi +\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi +\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi +\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi +\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi +\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi +\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi +\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi +\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi +\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi +\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi +\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi +\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi +\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi +\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi +\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi +\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi +\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi +\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi +\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi +\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi +\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi +\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi +\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi +\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi +\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi +\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi +% +\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi +\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi % Ignore a token. % @@ -143,7 +172,7 @@ % For @cropmarks command. % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% +% \newif\ifcropmarks \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue % @@ -185,6 +214,9 @@ \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. \shipout\vbox{% + % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. + \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi + % \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup \hsize = \outerhsize \vskip-\topandbottommargin @@ -568,36 +600,42 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} %}} \def\needx#1{% - % Go into vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a + % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a % paragraph. \par % - % Don't add any leading before our big empty box, but allow a page - % break, since the best break might be right here. - \allowbreak - \nointerlineskip - \vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak + % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. + \dimen0 = #1\mil + \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox + \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox + \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 + % + % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the + % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. + % And a page break here is fine. + \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% + % + % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the + % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the + % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider + % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the + % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. + % + % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the + % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in + % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which + % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing + % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an + % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real + % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. + \penalty9999 + % + % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. + \kern -#1\mil + % + % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. + \nobreak + \fi } % @br forces paragraph break @@ -618,7 +656,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% +% \def\enddots{% \leavevmode \hbox to 2em{% @@ -650,16 +688,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} -% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph. - -\def\inmargin#1{% -\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss - \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}} +% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current +% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion +% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. +% \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} - -%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}} +% +\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% + \nobreak + \kern-\strutdepth + \vtop to \strutdepth{% + \baselineskip=\strutdepth + \vss + % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to + % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. + \ifx#1l% + \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% + \else + \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% + \fi + \null + }% +}} +\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} +\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} +% +% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} +% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; +% else use TEXT for both). +% +\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} +\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts + \def\righttext{#2}% + \else + \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text + \def\righttext{#1}% + \fi + % + \ifodd\pageno + \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin + \else + \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% + \fi + \temp +} % @include file insert text of that file as input. % Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). @@ -705,420 +781,283 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\c=\comment -% @paragraphindent is defined for the Info formatting commands only. -\let\paragraphindent=\comment - -% Prevent errors for section commands. -% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. -\def\ignoresections{% -\let\chapter=\relax -\let\unnumbered=\relax -\let\top=\relax -\let\unnumberedsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax -\let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax -\let\section=\relax -\let\subsec=\relax -\let\subsubsec=\relax -\let\subsection=\relax -\let\subsubsection=\relax -\let\appendix=\relax -\let\appendixsec=\relax -\let\appendixsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsection=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax -\let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax -\let\contents=\relax -\let\smallbook=\relax -\let\titlepage=\relax +% @paragraphindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. +% We cannot implement @paragraphindent asis, though. +% +\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords +\def\noneword{none} +% +\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent} +\def\doparagraphindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \defaultparindent = 0pt + \else + \defaultparindent = #1em + \fi + \fi + \parindent = \defaultparindent } -% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source -% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used -% incorrectly. -% -\def\ignoremorecommands{% - \let\defcodeindex = \relax - \let\defcv = \relax - \let\deffn = \relax - \let\deffnx = \relax - \let\defindex = \relax - \let\defivar = \relax - \let\defmac = \relax - \let\defmethod = \relax - \let\defop = \relax - \let\defopt = \relax - \let\defspec = \relax - \let\deftp = \relax - \let\deftypefn = \relax - \let\deftypefun = \relax - \let\deftypevar = \relax - \let\deftypevr = \relax - \let\defun = \relax - \let\defvar = \relax - \let\defvr = \relax - \let\ref = \relax - \let\xref = \relax - \let\printindex = \relax - \let\pxref = \relax - \let\settitle = \relax - \let\setchapternewpage = \relax - \let\setchapterstyle = \relax - \let\everyheading = \relax - \let\evenheading = \relax - \let\oddheading = \relax - \let\everyfooting = \relax - \let\evenfooting = \relax - \let\oddfooting = \relax - \let\headings = \relax - \let\include = \relax - \let\lowersections = \relax - \let\down = \relax - \let\raisesections = \relax - \let\up = \relax - \let\set = \relax - \let\clear = \relax - \let\item = \relax +% @exampleindent NCHARS +% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. +% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but +% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. +\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent} +\def\doexampleindent#1{% + \def\temp{#1}% + \ifx\temp\asisword + \else + \ifx\temp\noneword + \lispnarrowing = 0pt + \else + \lispnarrowing = #1em + \fi + \fi } -% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. % -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} +\def\asis#1{#1} -% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% @math means output in math mode. +% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control +% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, +% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they +% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a +% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. % -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} +% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it +% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. +% +\let\implicitmath = $ +\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory = \comment +% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. +\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} +\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% @refill is a no-op. +\let\refill=\relax + +% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to +% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. +% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). % -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. - % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in - % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. - \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \catcode32 = 10 - % - % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. - \catcode`\{ = 9 - \catcode`\} = 9 - % - % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. - \catcode`\@ = 12 - % - % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line - % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) - % @c @end ifinfo - % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. - % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) - \catcode`\c = 14 - % - % And now expand that command. - \doignoretext +\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. +\let\novalidate = \linksfalse + +% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. +% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. +% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. +\def\setfilename{% + \iflinks + \readauxfile + \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. + \openindices + \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. + \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. + % + % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. + % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. + % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. + \openin 1 texinfo.cnf + \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi + \closein1 + \temp + % + \comment % Ignore the actual filename. } -% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% Called from \setfilename. % -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% +\def\openindices{% + \newindex{cp}% + \newcodeindex{fn}% + \newcodeindex{vr}% + \newcodeindex{tp}% + \newcodeindex{ky}% + \newcodeindex{pg}% +} -\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse -\def\obstexwarn{% - \ifwarnedobs\relax\else - % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. - % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. - \immediate\write16{} - \immediate\write16{***WARNING*** for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} - \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} - \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} - \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} - \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} - \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} - \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} - \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} - \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} - \immediate\write16{} - \global\warnedobstrue +% @bye. +\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + + +\message{pdf,} +% adobe `portable' document format +\newcount\tempnum +\newcount\lnkcount +\newtoks\filename +\newcount\filenamelength +\newcount\pgn +\newtoks\toksA +\newtoks\toksB +\newtoks\toksC +\newtoks\toksD +\newbox\boxA +\newcount\countA +\newif\ifpdf +\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest + +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse + \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble + \let\pdfurl = \gobble + \let\endlink = \relax + \let\linkcolor = \relax + \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax +\else + \pdftrue + \pdfoutput = 1 + \input pdfcolor + \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% + \def\imagewidth{#2}% + \def\imageheight{#3}% + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \pdfimage + \else + \pdfximage \fi -} - -% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a -% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), -% uncomment the following line: -%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax - -% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for -% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. -% -\def\nestedignore#1{% - \obstexwarn - % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end - % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the - % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize - % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on - % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. - % - \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup - % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. - \ignoresections - % - % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the - % @end command again. - \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% - % - % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no - % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do - % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we - % undefine them. - % - % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; - % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. - \ignoremorecommands - % - % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define - % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use - % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites - % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still - % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of - % stuff compared to the main input. - % - \nullfont - \let\tenrm = \nullfont \let\tenit = \nullfont \let\tensl = \nullfont - \let\tenbf = \nullfont \let\tentt = \nullfont \let\smallcaps = \nullfont - \let\tensf = \nullfont - % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in - % smallexample) - \let\indrm = \nullfont \let\indit = \nullfont \let\indsl = \nullfont - \let\indbf = \nullfont \let\indtt = \nullfont \let\indsc = \nullfont - \let\indsf = \nullfont - % - % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. - \tracinglostchars = 0 - % - % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. - \frenchspacing - % - % Don't report underfull hboxes. - \hbadness = 10000 - % - % Do minimal line-breaking. - \pretolerance = 10000 - % - % Do not execute instructions in @tex - \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% - % Do not execute macro definitions. - % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. - \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% -} - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid -% losing inside @example, for instance. -% -\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. - \parsearg\setxxx} -\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty - \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. - \fi - \endgroup -} -% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or -% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into -% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. -\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} -\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -% -{ - \catcode`\_ = \active - % - % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any - % such active characters to their normal equivalents. - \gdef\value{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 - \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore - \valuexxx} -} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones -% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything -% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result -% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value -% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail -% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a -% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} -\def\ifsetxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifsetfail - \else - \expandafter\ifsetsucceed - \fi -} -\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} -\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifset} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} -\def\ifclearxxx #1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - \expandafter\ifclearsucceed - \else - \expandafter\ifclearfail - \fi -} -\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} -\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} -\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} - -% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text -% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' -% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. -% -\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} -\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} -\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} -\defineunmatchedend{iftex} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} -\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} - -% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it -% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no -% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must -% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't -% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since -% the @ifset might be nested.) -% -\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% - \edef\temp{% - % Remember the current value of \E#1. - \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% - % - % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. - \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the -% control sequences after we've constructed them. -% -\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math means output in math mode. -% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because control -% sequences like \math are expanded when the toc file is written. Then, -% we read the toc file back, the $'s will be normal characters (as they -% should be, according to the definition of Texinfo). So we must use a -% control sequence to switch into and out of math mode. -% -% This isn't quite enough for @math to work properly in indices, but it -% seems unlikely it will ever be needed there. -% -\let\implicitmath = $ -\def\math#1{\implicitmath #1\implicitmath} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath} -\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath} - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \iflinks - \readauxfile - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi - \closein1 - \temp - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} + \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi + \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi + {#1.pdf}% + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else + \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage + \fi} + \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz} + \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@} + \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? + \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} + % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines + % come from Petr Olsak + \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% + \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} + \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax + \advance\tempnum by1 + \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} + \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{% + \openin 1 \jobname.toc + \ifeof 1\else\bgroup + \closein 1 + \indexnofonts + \def\tt{} + \let\_ = \normalunderscore + % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks + \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace + \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace + % + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{} + \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{} + \input \jobname.toc + \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}} + \def\unnumbchapentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsubsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}} + \def\unnumbsubsubsecentry ##1##2{% + \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##2}}{##1}} + \input \jobname.toc + \egroup\fi + }} + \def\makelinks #1,{% + \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% + \ifx\params\E + \let\nextmakelinks=\relax + \else + \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks + \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi + \picknum{#1}% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} + goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% + \linkcolor #1% + \advance\lnkcount by 1% + \endlink + \fi + \nextmakelinks + } + \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} + \def\pn#1{% + \def\p{#1}% + \ifx\p\lbrace + \let\nextpn=\ppn + \else + \let\nextpn=\ppnn + \def\first{#1} + \fi + \nextpn + } + \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} + \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} + \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% + \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax + \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces + \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% + \advance\filenamelength by 1 + \fi + \fi + \nextsp} + \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} + \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 + \let \startlink \pdfannotlink + \else + \let \startlink \pdfstartlink + \fi + \def\pdfurl#1{% + \begingroup + \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% + \leavevmode\Red + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% + % #1 + \endgroup} + \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} + \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} + \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} + \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} + \def\maketoks{% + \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS| + \ifx\first0\adn0 + \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 + \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 + \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 + \else + \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi + \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else + \let\next=\maketoks + \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} + \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi + \fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \next} + \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% + {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} + \def\pdflink#1{% + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}} + \linkcolor #1\endlink} + \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} + \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} +\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput \message{fonts,} @@ -1190,23 +1129,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf} -% Fonts for indices and small examples (9pt). -% We actually use the slanted font rather than the italic, -% because texinfo normally uses the slanted fonts for that. -% Do not make many font distinctions in general in the index, since they -% aren't very useful. -\setfont\ninett\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\ninettsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\setfont\indrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\indsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\let\indtt=\ninett -\let\indttsl=\ninettsl -\let\indsf=\indrm -\let\indbf=\indrm -\setfont\indsc\scshape{10}{900} -\font\indi=cmmi9 -\font\indsy=cmsy9 +% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). +\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} +\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} +\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} +\font\smalli=cmmi9 +\font\smallsy=cmsy9 % Fonts for title page: \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} @@ -1320,11 +1253,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf? -\def\indexfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\indrm \let\tenit=\indit \let\tensl=\indsl - \let\tenbf=\indbf \let\tentt=\indtt \let\smallcaps=\indsc - \let\tensf=\indsf \let\teni=\indi \let\tensy=\indsy \let\tenttsl=\indttsl - \resetmathfonts \setleading{12pt}} +\def\smallfonts{% + \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl + \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc + \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy + \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl + \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}} % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. % @@ -1373,9 +1307,9 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } \let\ttfont=\t \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\smallrm\textfont2=\smallsy \leavevmode\hbox{% +\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} +\font\keysy=cmsy9 +\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% @@ -1479,25 +1413,51 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \let\env=\code \let\command=\code -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional second argument -% specifying the text to display. First (mandatory) arg is the url. -% Perhaps eventually put in a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\urefxxx #1,,\finish} -\def\urefxxx#1,#2,#3\finish{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% +% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) +% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third +% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url +% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in +% a hypertex \special here. +% +\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} +\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% + \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that \else - \code{#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt + \ifpdf + \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it + \else + \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url + \fi + \else + \code{#1}% only url given, so show it + \fi \fi -} + \endlink +\endgroup} -% rms does not like the angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref. +% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. +% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. +% %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\let\email=\uref - +\ifpdf + \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} + \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup + \unsepspaces + \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% + \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi + \endlink + \endgroup} +\else + \let\email=\uref +\fi + % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have @@ -1540,7 +1500,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% +% \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage @@ -1615,6 +1575,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} \global\let\shortcontents = \relax \fi % + \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi + % \HEADINGSon } @@ -1748,23 +1710,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.} } % Subroutines used in generating headings -% Produces Day Month Year style of output. -\def\today{\number\day\space -\ifcase\month\or -January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -\space\number\year} - -% Use this if you want the Month Day, Year style of output. -%\def\today{\ifcase\month\or -%January\or February\or March\or April\or May\or June\or -%July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi -%\space\number\day, \number\year} - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings -% It generates no output of its own - -\def\thistitle{No Title} +% This produces Day Month Year style of output. +% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set +% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). +\ifx\today\undefined +\def\today{% + \number\day\space + \ifcase\month + \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr + \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug + \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec + \fi + \space\number\year} +\fi + +% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. +% It generates no output of its own. +\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} \def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz} \def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}} @@ -1841,7 +1803,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse \else % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. + % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. \noindent % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and @@ -2138,7 +2100,7 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \multitablelinespace=0pt % Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% +% \let\endsetuptable\relax \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} \let\columnfractions\relax @@ -2184,10 +2146,11 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \go } -% multitable syntax -\def\tab{&\hskip1sp\relax} % 2/2/96 - % tiny skip here makes sure this column space is - % maintained, even if it is never used. +% This used to have \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template line is +% not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just & until we +% encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. +% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. +\def\tab{&} % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: % @@ -2229,15 +2192,15 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after % the first one. - % + % % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace % to the width of each template entry. - % + % % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % + % % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. \rightskip=0pt \ifnum\colcount=1 @@ -2264,29 +2227,382 @@ July\or August\or September\or October\or November\or December\fi \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr } -\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. -% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on -% current baselineskip. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, -%% to keep lines equally spaced -\let\multistrut = \strut -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\else -\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 -width0pt\relax} \fi -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} +\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace. +% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on +% current baselineskip. +\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt +\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip +\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 +%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders, +%% to keep lines equally spaced +\let\multistrut = \strut +\else +%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be? +\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0 +width0pt\relax} \fi +%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of +%% table. If not, do nothing. +%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. +\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi% +\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt +\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace +\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller + %% than skip between lines in the table. +\fi} + + +\message{conditionals,} +% Prevent errors for section commands. +% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals. +\def\ignoresections{% + \let\chapter=\relax + \let\unnumbered=\relax + \let\top=\relax + \let\unnumberedsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax + \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax + \let\section=\relax + \let\subsec=\relax + \let\subsubsec=\relax + \let\subsection=\relax + \let\subsubsection=\relax + \let\appendix=\relax + \let\appendixsec=\relax + \let\appendixsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsection=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax + \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax + \let\contents=\relax + \let\smallbook=\relax + \let\titlepage=\relax +} + +% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source +% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used +% incorrectly. +% +\def\ignoremorecommands{% + \let\defcodeindex = \relax + \let\defcv = \relax + \let\deffn = \relax + \let\deffnx = \relax + \let\defindex = \relax + \let\defivar = \relax + \let\defmac = \relax + \let\defmethod = \relax + \let\defop = \relax + \let\defopt = \relax + \let\defspec = \relax + \let\deftp = \relax + \let\deftypefn = \relax + \let\deftypefun = \relax + \let\deftypeivar = \relax + \let\deftypeop = \relax + \let\deftypevar = \relax + \let\deftypevr = \relax + \let\defun = \relax + \let\defvar = \relax + \let\defvr = \relax + \let\ref = \relax + \let\xref = \relax + \let\printindex = \relax + \let\pxref = \relax + \let\settitle = \relax + \let\setchapternewpage = \relax + \let\setchapterstyle = \relax + \let\everyheading = \relax + \let\evenheading = \relax + \let\oddheading = \relax + \let\everyfooting = \relax + \let\evenfooting = \relax + \let\oddfooting = \relax + \let\headings = \relax + \let\include = \relax + \let\lowersections = \relax + \let\down = \relax + \let\raisesections = \relax + \let\up = \relax + \let\set = \relax + \let\clear = \relax + \let\item = \relax +} + +% Ignore @ignore ... @end ignore. +% +\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} + +% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text. +% +\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} +\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} +\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} +\def\html{\doignore{html}} +\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} +\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} + +% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file +% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. +\let\dircategory = \comment + +% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'. +% +\def\doignore#1{\begingroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'. + % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in + % this texinfo.tex file). We change the catcode of @ below to match. + \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}% + % + % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. + \catcode32 = 10 + % + % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble. + \catcode`\{ = 9 + \catcode`\} = 9 + % + % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence. + \catcode`\@ = 12 + % + % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line + % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example) + % @c @end ifinfo + % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored. + % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.) + \catcode`\c = 14 + % + % And now expand that command. + \doignoretext +} + +% What we do to finish off ignored text. +% +\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}% + +\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse +\def\obstexwarn{% + \ifwarnedobs\relax\else + % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0. + % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines. + \immediate\write16{} + \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!} + \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).} + \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.} + \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.} + \immediate\write16{ Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.} + \immediate\write16{ (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/TeX.README.)} + \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the} + \immediate\write16{ script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution} + \immediate\write16{ to use a workaround.} + \immediate\write16{} + \global\warnedobstrue + \fi +} + +% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex. For a +% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed), +% uncomment the following line: +%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax + +% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for +% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command. +% +\def\nestedignore#1{% + \obstexwarn + % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end + % command, so that nested ignore constructs work. Thus, we put the + % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result. To minimize + % the change of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on + % page 401 of the TeXbook: make the current font be a dummy font. + % + \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup + % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer. + \ignoresections + % + % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the + % @end command again. + \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}% + % + % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands. Most cause no + % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do + % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we + % undefine them. + % + % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately; + % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors. + \ignoremorecommands + % + % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define + % all the font commands to also use \nullfont. We don't use + % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because not all sites + % might have that installed. Therefore, math mode will still + % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of + % stuff compared to the main input. + % + \nullfont + \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont + \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont + \let\tensf=\nullfont + % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample). + \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont + \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont + \let\smallsf=\nullfont + % + % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts. + \tracinglostchars = 0 + % + % Don't bother to do space factor calculations. + \frenchspacing + % + % Don't report underfull hboxes. + \hbadness = 10000 + % + % Do minimal line-breaking. + \pretolerance = 10000 + % + % Do not execute instructions in @tex + \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}% + % Do not execute macro definitions. + % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off. + \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}% +} + +% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. +% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. +% +% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be +% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our +% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we +% didn't need it. Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid +% losing inside @example, for instance. +% +\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10 + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR. + \parsearg\setxxx} +\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} +\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% + \def\temp{#2}% + \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty + \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. + \fi + \endgroup +} +% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or +% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into +% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'. +\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}} + +% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. +% +\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx} +\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax} + +% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. +{ + \catcode`\_ = \active + % + % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if + % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}. So \let any + % such active characters to their normal equivalents. + \gdef\value{\begingroup + \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 + \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore + \valuexxx} +} +\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} + +% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's +% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies). Ones +% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything +% about that. The command has to be fully expandable, since the result +% winds up in the index file. This means that if the variable's value +% contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain it will fail +% (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work to do a +% one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). +% +\def\expandablevalue#1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + {[No value for ``#1'']}% + \else + \csname SET#1\endcsname + \fi +} + +% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined +% with @set. +% +\def\ifset{\parsearg\ifsetxxx} +\def\ifsetxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifsetfail + \else + \expandafter\ifsetsucceed + \fi +} +\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}} +\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifset} + +% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been +% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. +% +\def\ifclear{\parsearg\ifclearxxx} +\def\ifclearxxx #1{% + \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax + \expandafter\ifclearsucceed + \else + \expandafter\ifclearfail + \fi +} +\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}} +\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}} +\defineunmatchedend{ifclear} + +% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo always succeed; we read the text +% following, through the first @end iftex (etc.). Make `@end iftex' +% (etc.) valid only after an @iftex. +% +\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}} +\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}} +\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}} +\defineunmatchedend{iftex} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml} +\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo} + +% We can't just want to start a group at @iftex (for example) and end it +% at @end iftex, since then @set commands inside the conditional have no +% effect (they'd get reverted at the end of the group). So we must +% define \Eiftex to redefine itself to be its previous value. (We can't +% just define it to fail again with an ``unmatched end'' error, since +% the @ifset might be nested.) +% +\def\conditionalsucceed#1{% + \edef\temp{% + % Remember the current value of \E#1. + \let\nece{prevE#1} = \nece{E#1}% + % + % At the `@end #1', redefine \E#1 to be its previous value. + \def\nece{E#1}{\let\nece{E#1} = \nece{prevE#1}}% + }% + \temp +} + +% We need to expand lots of \csname's, but we don't want to expand the +% control sequences after we've constructed them. +% +\def\nece#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} + +% @defininfoenclose. +\let\definfoenclose=\comment \message{indexing,} @@ -2315,42 +2631,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} - +% \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. - +% +\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} +% \def\newcodeindex#1{% \iflinks \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 \fi \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}} + \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% } -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the -% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. -\def\synindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\doindex{#2}}% -} - +% % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo % inside @code. -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {% - \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex - \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}% +% +\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} +\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} + +% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), +% #3 the target index (bar). +\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% + % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up + % closing the target index. + \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined + % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the + % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. + \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 + \fi + % redefine \fooindfile: + \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname + \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp + % redefine \fooindex: + \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% } % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. @@ -2403,7 +2725,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\@{@}% will be @@ when we switch to @ as escape char. % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes -% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. +% braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. \let\{ = \mylbrace \let\} = \myrbrace \def\_{{\realbackslash _}}% @@ -2455,6 +2777,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \let\value = \expandablevalue % \unsepspaces +% Turn off macro expansion +\turnoffmacros } % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces @@ -2514,6 +2838,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \let\url=\indexdummyfont \let\uref=\indexdummyfont \let\env=\indexdummyfont +\let\acronym=\indexdummyfont \let\command=\indexdummyfont \let\option=\indexdummyfont \let\file=\indexdummyfont @@ -2540,14 +2865,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\emptymacro{\empty} % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% +% \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty} % Workhorse for all \fooindexes. % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- % \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are. The main exception % is with defuns, which call us directly. -% +% \def\dosubind#1#2#3{% % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else @@ -2572,24 +2897,28 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\subentry{ #3}% \fi % - % First process the index-string with all font commands turned off - % to get the string to sort by. + % First process the index entry with all font commands turned + % off to get the string to sort by. {\indexnofonts \xdef\indexsorttmp{#2\subentry}}% % - % Now produce the complete index entry, with both the sort key and the - % original text, including any font commands. + % Now the real index entry with the fonts. \toks0 = {#2}% + % + % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index + % string. And include a space. + \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% + \fi + % + % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key + % and the original text, including any font commands. We write + % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to + % two when writing the .??s sorted result. \edef\temp{% \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{% \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}% }% % - % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index string. - \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else - \toks0 = {#3}% - \edef\temp{\temp{\the\toks0}}% - \fi - % % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the @@ -2601,12 +2930,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of % the previous defun. - % + % % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. - % + % % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. - % + % \iflinks \ifvmode \skip0 = \lastskip @@ -2615,7 +2944,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \temp % do the write % - % + % \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi \fi }% @@ -2663,7 +2992,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% % - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \tolerance = 9500 \indexbreaks % @@ -2679,7 +3008,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure % there is some text. - (Index is nonexistent) + \putwordIndexNonexistent \else % % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof @@ -2687,7 +3016,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % it can discover if there is anything in it. \read 1 to \temp \ifeof 1 - (Index is empty) + \putwordIndexIsEmpty \else % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change @@ -2712,7 +3041,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. \removelastskip - % + % % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. \penalty -300 % @@ -2720,7 +3049,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % + % % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip \leftline{\secbf #1}% @@ -2790,7 +3119,11 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull % \hbox ensues. - \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \ifpdf + \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. + \else + \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph. + \fi \fi% \par \endgroup} @@ -2819,23 +3152,25 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % + \output = {% + % % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case, we must prevent the second \partialpage from - % simply overwriting the first, causing us to lose the page. - % This will preserve it until a real output routine can ship it - % out. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this runs and - % this will be a no-op. - \unvbox\partialpage + % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal + % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this + % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. + \ifvoid\partialpage \else + \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% + \fi % - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox255 - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }}% + \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% + % Unvbox the main output page. + \unvbox\PAGE + \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip + }% + }% \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage % % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. @@ -2864,13 +3199,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage \vsize = 2\vsize } % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except % the last. -% +% \def\doublecolumnout{% \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal @@ -2878,6 +3212,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % previous page. \dimen@ = \vsize \divide\dimen@ by 2 + \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage % % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ @@ -2885,16 +3220,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \unvbox255 \penalty\outputpenalty } +% +% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, +% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. \def\pagesofar{% - % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, - % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. - \advance\vsize by \ht\partialpage \unvbox\partialpage % \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% } +% +% All done with double columns. \def\enddoublecolumns{% \output = {% % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the @@ -2919,8 +3256,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). \pagegoal = \vsize } +% +% Called at the end of the double column material. \def\balancecolumns{% - % Called at the end of the double column material. \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. \dimen@ = \ht0 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip @@ -2948,7 +3286,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{sectioning,} -% Define chapters, sections, etc. +% Chapters, sections, etc. \newcount\chapno \newcount\secno \secno=0 @@ -2957,7 +3295,43 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -\def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} +% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual +% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. +\def\appendixletter{% + \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% + \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% + % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is + % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not + % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out + % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. + \else\char\the\appendixno + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi + \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. @@ -3430,15 +3804,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{toc,} +% Table of contents. \newwrite\tocfile % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. % Called from @chapter, etc. We supply {\folio} at the end of the % argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro. -% +% % We open the .toc file here instead of at @setfilename or any other % given time so that @contents can be put in the document anywhere. -% +% \newif\iftocfileopened \def\writetocentry#1{% \iftocfileopened\else @@ -3454,7 +3829,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written % to \tocfile. -% +% \def\startcontents#1{% % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain @@ -3482,13 +3857,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Normal (long) toc. \def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTableofContents}% + \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% \openin 1 \jobname.toc \ifeof 1 \else \closein 1 \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect + \pdfmakeoutlines \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno @@ -3496,7 +3873,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % And just the chapters. \def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortContents}% + \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% % \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry @@ -3518,12 +3895,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \input \jobname.toc \fi \vfill \eject + \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect \endgroup \lastnegativepageno = \pageno \pageno = \savepageno } \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents +\ifpdf + \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% +\fi + % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. % The first argument is the chapter or section name. % The last argument is the page number. @@ -3534,7 +3916,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno{#3}}% + \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}% } % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. @@ -3542,10 +3924,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry % command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry % for both, but it doesn't seem worth it. -\setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix } -\newdimen\shortappendixwidth \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 - +% +\newdimen\shortappendixwidth +% \def\shortchaplabel#1{% + % Compute width of word "Appendix", may change with language. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\shortcontrm \putwordAppendix}% + \shortappendixwidth = \wd0 + % % We typeset #1 in a box of constant width, regardless of the text of % #1, so the chapter titles will come out aligned. \setbox0 = \hbox{#1}% @@ -3560,7 +3946,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } \def\unnumbchapentry#1#2{\dochapentry{#1}{#2}} -\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno{#2}}} +\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#2\egroup}} % Sections. \def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}} @@ -3587,24 +3973,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip \begingroup \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip } \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno{#2}}% + \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% \endgroup} % Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for @@ -3632,6 +4018,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \message{environments,} +% @foo ... @end foo. % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. @@ -3842,7 +4229,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular % environment, so the error checking in \end will work. -% +% % To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via % \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group. That way we keep % the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be @@ -3867,7 +4254,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % redefines). We must call \example (or whatever) last in the % definition, since it reads the return following the @example (or % whatever) command. -% +% % This actually allows (for example) @end display inside an % @smalldisplay. Too bad, but makeinfo will catch the error anyway. % @@ -3881,7 +4268,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\smalllispx{\begingroup \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts + \smallfonts \lisp } @@ -3897,7 +4284,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \display } @@ -3914,7 +4301,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \def\smallformatx{\begingroup \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% - \indexfonts \rm + \smallfonts \rm \format } @@ -3923,7 +4310,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format} % @flushright. -% +% \def\flushright{\begingroup \let\nonarrowing = t \nonfillstart @@ -3932,6 +4319,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \gobble } + % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) % and narrows the margins. % @@ -3954,9 +4342,162 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } +% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} +% If we want to allow any as delimiter, +% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: +% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org +% +% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. +% +% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too +\def\dospecials{% + \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% + \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~} +% +% [Knuth] p. 380 +\def\uncatcodespecials{% + \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials} +% +% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 +% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font +\begingroup + \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} +\endgroup +% +% Setup for the @verb command. +% +% Eight spaces for a tab +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} +\endgroup +% +\def\setupverb{% + \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabeightspaces + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces +} + +% Setup for the @verbatim environment +% +% Real tab expansion +\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount +% +\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} +\begingroup + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \gdef\tabexpand{% + \catcode`\^^I=\active + \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup + \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab + \divide\dimen0 by\tabw + \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw + \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw + \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox + }% + } +\endgroup +\def\setupverbatim{% + % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim + \tt + \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% + \catcode`\`=\active + \tabexpand + % Respect line breaks, + % print special symbols as themselves, and + % make each space count + % must do in this order: + \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces + \everypar{\starttabbox}% +} + +% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique +% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a +% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: +% +% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} +% +% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} +\begingroup + \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12 + \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] +\endgroup +% +\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} +% +% +% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that +% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: +% +% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} +% +% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, +% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': +% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}' +% +% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] +%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know +%% \begingroup +%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1 +%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active +%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[ +%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]] +%% |endgroup +\begingroup + \catcode`\ =\active + \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}} +\endgroup +% +\def\verbatim{% + \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim +} + +% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. +% +% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name). +\def\verbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \catcode`\\=12 + \catcode`~=12 + \catcode`^=12 + \catcode`_=12 + \catcode`|=12 + \catcode`<=12 + \catcode`>=12 + \catcode`+=12 + \parsearg\doverbatiminclude +} +\def\setupverbatiminclude{% + \begingroup + \nonfillstart + \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent + \begingroup\setupverbatim +} +% +\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% + % Restore active chars for included file. + \endgroup + \begingroup + \def\thisfile{#1}% + \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile + \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup +} + + \message{defuns,} -% Define formatter for defuns -% First, allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally +% @defun etc. + +% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally \def\setdeffont #1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname} \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in @@ -4010,10 +4551,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi %% contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] \def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 } \def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 } -\def\ampnr{\&} +\let\ampnr = \& \def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}} \def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}} +% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined. +{ + \catcode`& = 13 + \global\let& = \ampnr +} + % First, defname, which formats the header line itself. % #1 should be the function name. % #2 should be the type of definition, such as "Function". @@ -4065,7 +4612,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. % #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. -% +% \def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % % Define the end token that this defining construct specifies @@ -4077,23 +4624,39 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \exdentamount=\defbodyindent \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}}} -% @deftypemethod has an extra argument that nothing else does. Sigh. +% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar. % #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define). % #2 is the \...x control sequence for consecutive fns (which we define). % #3 is the control sequence to call to resume processing. -% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name. +% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name. % #5 is the method's return type. +% +\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV + \medbreak + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} + +% Used for @deftypeop. The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an +% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it +% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'. We have +% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the +% input at hand. Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for +% the \E... definition to assign the category name to. % -\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {\begingroup\inENV % -\medbreak % -% Define the end token that this defining construct specifies -% so that it will exit this group. -\def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% -\def#2##1 ##2 {\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}% -\parindent=0in -\advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent -\exdentamount=\defbodyindent -\begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}} +\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {\begingroup\inENV + \medbreak + \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}% + \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {% + \def#4{##1}% + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}% + \parindent=0in + \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent + \exdentamount=\defbodyindent + \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens\spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}} \def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {\begingroup\inENV % \medbreak % @@ -4204,12 +4767,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of \defun % Use this to expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up -\def\defunargs #1{\functionparens \sl +\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl % Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars. % Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar. -\hyphenchar\tensl=0 +% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro. +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}% #1% -\hyphenchar\tensl=45 +{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}% \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi% \interlinepenalty=10000 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil @@ -4243,7 +4807,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader} \def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Function}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4257,7 +4821,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args. \def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{% \doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Function}% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}% \deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4288,7 +4852,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader} \def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Macro}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } @@ -4298,36 +4862,39 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader} \def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Special Form}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}% \defunargs {#2}\endgroup % \catcode 61=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody } -% This definition is run if you use @defunx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. - -\def\deffnx #1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} -\def\defunx #1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} -\def\defmacx #1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} -\def\defspecx #1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefnx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypemethodx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypefunx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} - -% @defmethod, and so on - % @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG... - +% \def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}% \defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype} - -\def\defopheader #1#2#3{% +% +\def\defopheader#1#2#3{% \dosubind {fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ #1}% Make entry in function index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype{} on #1}% +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}% \defunargs {#3}\endgroup % } -% @deftypemethod CLASS RETURN-TYPE METHOD ARG... +% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG... +% +\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}% + \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader + \deftypeopcategory} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args. +\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{% + \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} + {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}% + \deftypefunargs{#4}% + \endgroup +} + +% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG... % \def\deftypemethod{% \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader} @@ -4341,6 +4908,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \endgroup } +% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME +% +\def\deftypeivar{% + \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader} +% +% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name. +\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index + \begingroup + \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3} + {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup +} + % @defmethod == @defop Method % \def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader} @@ -4360,31 +4942,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype} \def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype{} of #1}% +\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% Make entry in var index +\begingroup\defname {#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}% \defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % } -% @defivar == @defcv {Instance Variable} - +% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME +% \def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader} - -\def\defivarheader #1#2#3{% -\dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{of #1}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#2}{Instance Variable of #1}% -\defvarargs {#3}\endgroup % +% +\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{% + \dosubind {vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ #1}% entry in var index + \begingroup + \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}% + \defvarargs{#3}% + \endgroup } -% These definitions are run if you use @defmethodx, etc., -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defmethod, etc. - -\def\defopx #1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} -\def\defmethodx #1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} -\def\defcvx #1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} -\def\defivarx #1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} - -% Now @defvar - +% @defvar % First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar. % This is actually simple: just print them in roman. % This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up @@ -4404,7 +4979,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader} \def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{Variable}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } @@ -4413,7 +4988,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader} \def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index -\begingroup\defname {#1}{User Option}% +\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}% \defvarargs {#2}\endgroup % } @@ -4425,7 +5000,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index. \def\deftypevarheader #1#2{% \dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index -\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{Variable}% +\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$$$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}% \interlinepenalty=10000 \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} @@ -4441,15 +5016,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \endgraf\nobreak\vskip -\parskip\nobreak \endgroup} -% This definition is run if you use @defvarx -% anywhere other than immediately after a @defvar or @defvarx. - -\def\defvrx #1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} -\def\defvarx #1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} -\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevarx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} -\def\deftypevrx #1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} - % Now define @deftp % Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar. @@ -4462,23 +5028,45 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}% \begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup} -% This definition is run if you use @deftpx, etc -% anywhere other than immediately after a @deftp, etc. - -\def\deftpx #1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.) +% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx. +% +\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}} +\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}} +\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}} +\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}} +\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}} +\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}} +\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}} +\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}} +\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}} +\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}} +\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}} +\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}} +\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}} \message{macros,} % @macro. -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, +% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined \newwrite\macscribble \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M + % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex + \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ + % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. + \toks0={#1\endinput}% \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{#1}% + \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% \immediate\closeout\macscribble \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces \input \jobname.tmp @@ -4487,12 +5075,16 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else \def\scanmacro#1{% \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M -\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1}\endgroup} +% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex +\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=12 \escapechar=`\@ +\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup} \fi \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters \newtoks\macname % Macro name \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? +\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form + % \do\macro1\do\macro2... % Utility routines. % Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames. @@ -4524,8 +5116,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro +% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is +% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. \def\macrobodyctxt{% @@ -4554,7 +5146,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\\=12} % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N +% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N % where N is the macro parameter number. % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. @@ -4573,25 +5165,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments \paramno=0% \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% + \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% \fi - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \else + \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% + \else + \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax + \else \errmessage{The name \the\macname\space is reserved}\fi + \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% + \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% + % Add the macroname to \macrolist + \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% + \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% \fi \begingroup \macrobodyctxt \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody + \else \expandafter\parsemacbody \fi} \def\unmacro{\parsearg\unmacroxxx} \def\unmacroxxx#1{% - \expandafter\ifx \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \relax - \errmessage{Macro \the\macname\ not defined.}% + \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname + \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% + \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% + % Remove the macro name from \macrolist + \begingroup + \edef\tempa{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}% + \def\do##1{% + \def\tempb{##1}% + \ifx\tempa\tempb + % remove this + \else + \toks0 = \expandafter{\newmacrolist\do}% + \edef\newmacrolist{\the\toks0\expandafter\noexpand\tempa}% + \fi}% + \def\newmacrolist{}% + % Execute macro list to define \newmacrolist + \macrolist + \global\let\macrolist\newmacrolist + \endgroup \else - \cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \expandafter\let \csname macsave.\the\macname\endcsname \undefined + \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% \fi } @@ -4650,19 +5265,20 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname + \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% \fi \else @@ -4674,7 +5290,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \or % 1 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% + \noexpand\braceorline + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% \egroup \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% @@ -4682,9 +5299,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else % many \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname} + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% \expandafter\expandafter \expandafter\xdef \expandafter\expandafter @@ -4705,11 +5322,29 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} \def\braceorlinexxx{% \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg + \expandafter\parsearg \fi \next} +% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not +% expanded by \write. +\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% + \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} + + +% @alias. +% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal +% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. +\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx} +\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} +\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces +\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=% + \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}% +\expandafter\endgroup\next} + \message{cross references,} +% @xref etc. + \newwrite\auxfile \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. @@ -4751,21 +5386,24 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\def\anchor#1{\setref{#1}{Ynothing}} - +% +\newcount\savesfregister +\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} +\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} +\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME, namely % NAME-title, NAME-pg, and NAME-SNT. Called from \foonoderef. We have % to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section title % aren't expanded. It would be nicer not to expand the titles in the % first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do. -% +% \def\setref#1#2{{% \indexdummies + \pdfmkdest{#1}% \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}% \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}% - \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2} + \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}% }} % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is @@ -4777,6 +5415,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup + \unsepspaces \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}% \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}% @@ -4810,8 +5449,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. + \ifpdf + \leavevmode + \getfilename{#4}% + \ifnum\filenamelength>0 + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}% + \else + \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% + goto name{#1@}% + \fi + \linkcolor + \fi + % \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' in \cite{\printedmanual}% + \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% \else % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand @@ -4824,11 +5476,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi }% - % [mynode], + % [mynode], [\printednodename],\space % page 3 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% \fi + \endlink \endgroup} % \dosetq is the interface for calls from other macros @@ -4836,7 +5489,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use \normalturnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore % and backslash work in node names. (\turnoffactive doesn't do \.) \def\dosetq#1#2{% - {\let\folio=0 + {\let\folio=0% \normalturnoffactive \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}% \iflinks @@ -4913,7 +5566,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi } % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. -% +% \def\xrdef#1{\begingroup % Reenable \ as an escape while reading the second argument. \catcode`\\ = 0 @@ -5065,6 +5718,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \xspaceskip\z@skip \parindent\defaultparindent % + \smallfonts \rm + % % Hang the footnote text off the number. \hang \textindent{\thisfootno}% @@ -5079,7 +5734,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \else\let\next\f@t\fi \next} \def\f@@t{\bgroup\aftergroup\@foot\let\next} \def\f@t#1{#1\@foot} -\def\@foot{\strut\egroup} +\def\@foot{\strut\par\egroup} }%end \catcode `\@=11 @@ -5138,7 +5793,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% +% % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get % undone and the next image would fail. @@ -5151,12 +5806,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \input epsf.tex \fi % +% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \newif\ifwarnednoepsf \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} + it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} % -% Only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. \def\image#1{% \ifx\epsfbox\undefined \ifwarnednoepsf \else @@ -5174,24 +5829,68 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. % #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \nobreak\medskip - \nobreak - \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% - \bigbreak + \ifpdf + \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + \else + % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi + \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi + \begingroup + \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example + % If the image is by itself, center it. + \ifvmode + \nobreak\bigskip + % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert + % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space + % above and below. + \nobreak\vskip\parskip + \nobreak + \centerline{\epsfbox{#1.eps}}% + \bigbreak + \else + % In the middle of a paragraph, no extra space. + \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \fi + \endgroup + \fi +} + + +\message{localization,} +% and i18n. + +% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after +% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything +% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. +% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. +% +\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage} +\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{% + \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. + % Read the file if it exists. + \openin 1 txi-#1.tex + \ifeof1 + \errhelp = \nolanghelp + \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% + \let\temp = \relax \else - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% + \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }% \fi + \temp + \endgroup } +\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or +is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory +should work if nowhere else does.} -\message{paper sizes,} -% And other related parameters. +% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most +% likely, but for now just recognize it. +\let\documentencoding = \comment + +% Page size parameters. +% \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt @@ -5211,16 +5910,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. This makes it come to about 9pt for the 8.5x11 format. We -% call this whenever the paper size is set. +% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. % \def\setemergencystretch{% \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% \else - \emergencystretch = \hsize - \divide\emergencystretch by 45 + \emergencystretch = .15\hsize \fi } @@ -5305,7 +6002,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format. \def\afourwide{% \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% + \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}% % \globaldefs = 0 } @@ -5313,7 +6010,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% +% \def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx} \def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% @@ -5327,9 +6024,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi }} % Set default to letter. -% +% \letterpaper + \message{and turning on texinfo input format.} % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. @@ -5341,6 +6039,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \catcode`\<=\other \catcode`\>=\other \catcode`\+=\other +\catcode`\$=\other \def\normaldoublequote{"} \def\normaltilde{~} \def\normalcaret{^} @@ -5349,6 +6048,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def\normalless{<} \def\normalgreater{>} \def\normalplus{+} +\def\normaldollar{$} % This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont % where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts, @@ -5359,7 +6059,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. % -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\the\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} +\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} + +% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches +% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from +% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway +% this is not a problem. +\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} % Turn off all special characters except @ % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). @@ -5390,6 +6096,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi \def>{{\tt \gtr}} \catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}} +\catcode`\$=\active +\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar} %\catcode 27=\active %\def^^[{$\diamondsuit$} @@ -5420,9 +6128,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. \def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}} -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -\escapechar=`\@ - % \catcode 17=0 % Define control-q \catcode`\\=\active @@ -5436,7 +6141,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} +@let+=@normalplus +@let$=@normaldollar} @def@normalturnoffactive{@let"=@normaldoublequote @let\=@normalbackslash @@ -5446,7 +6152,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi @let|=@normalverticalbar @let<=@normalless @let>=@normalgreater -@let+=@normalplus} +@let+=@normalplus +@let$=@normaldollar} % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. % This is canceled by @fixbackslash. @@ -5465,20 +6172,29 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi % Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. % -@gdef@fixbackslash{@ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active @catcode`@_=@active} +@gdef@fixbackslash{% + @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi + @catcode`+=@active + @catcode`@_=@active +} + +% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. +@escapechar = `@@ -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. The @rm below -% makes sure that the current font starts out as the newly loaded cmr10 -@catcode`@$=@other @catcode`@%=@other @catcode`@&=@other @catcode`@#=@other +% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. +@catcode`@& = @other +@catcode`@# = @other +@catcode`@% = @other +@c Set initial fonts. @textfonts @rm + @c Local variables: @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" +@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" @c time-stamp-end: "}" @c End: -- 2.43.5